Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 5.3 Release Notes - Red Hat Customer ...

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 

5.3 Release Notes 

Release Notes für alle Architekturen. 

Ryan Lerch 

Red Hat Engineering Content Services 

rlerch@redhat.com 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 5.3 Release Notes 1

2 Rechtlicher Hinweis 

Rechtlicher Hinweis 

Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.. 

The text of and illustrations in this document are licensed by Red Hat under a Creative Commons 

Attribution–Share Alike 3.0 Unported license ("CC-BY-SA"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available at 

http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/. In accordance with CC-BY-SA, if you distribute this 

document or an adaptation of it, you must provide the URL for the original version. 

Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and agrees not to assert, Section 

4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. 

Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, MetaMatrix, Fedora, the Infinity Logo, 

and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries. 

Linux® is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States and other countries. 

Java® is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. 

XFS® is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its subsidiaries in the United States 

and/or other countries. 

MySQL® is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the European Union and other 

countries. 

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 

1801 Varsity Drive 

Raleigh, NC 27606-2072 USA 

Phone: +1 919 754 3700 

Phone: 888 733 4281 

Fax: +1 919 754 3701

Zusammenfassung 

Dieses Dokument enthält die Release Notes für Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. 


4 Inhaltsverzeichnis 

Inhaltsverzeichnis 

1. Release Notes Updates 

1.1. Feature Updates 

1.2. Resolved Issues 

1.3. Driver Updates 

1.4. Virtualization 

1.5. Known Issues 

1.6. Technology Previews 

2. Installation-Related Notes 

2.1. All Architectures 

2.2. PowerPC Architectures 

2.3. s390x Architectures 

2.4. ia64 Architecture 

3. Feature Updates 

4. Driver Updates 


5. Kernel-Related Notes 


5.2. x86 Architectures 

5.3. PowerPC Architectures 

5.4. x86_64 Architectures 



6. Virtualization 




7. Technology Previews 

8. Resolved Issues 





9. Known Issues 







10. Added Packages 

11. Dropped Packages 

12. Updated Packages 

13. Configuration Changes From Previous Release 

A. Änderungsverzeichnis

1. Release Notes Updates 

This section contains information about Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 that did not make it into the 

Release Notes included in the distribution. 


Audit Aktualisierung 

The audit packages contain user-space utilities for storing and searching the audit records 

generated by the audit subsystem in the Linux 2.6 kernel. 

These updated packages upgrade the auditd daemon and its utilities to the newer upstream 

version 1.7.7, which provides the following enhancements over the previous version: 

the auditctl program, which is used to control the behavior of the audit subsystem, now 

supports multiple keys in the audit rules. 

a new utility, ausyscall, which is used to cross-reference syscall name and number 

information, is now provided in these updated packages. 

the aureport program has been enhanced to provide reports about keys it sees in audit 

events. 

event log parsing for the ausearch and aureport programs has been improved. 

a sample STIG rules file, named "stig.rules", is newly provided in these updated packages. 

This file contains the auditctl rules which are loaded whenever the audit daemon is started 

by init scripts. 

In addition to the listed enhancements, these updated audit packages also include a new 

feature to allow a server to aggregate the logs of remote systems. The following instructions 

can be followed to enable this feature: 

1. The audispd-plugins package should be installed on all clients (but need not be installed 

on the server), and the parameters for "remote_server" and "port" should be set in the 

/etc/audisp/audisp-remote.conf configuration file. 

2. On the server, which aggregates the logs, the "tcp_listen_port" parameter in the 

/etc/audit/auditd.conf file must be set to the same port number as the clients. 

3. Because the auditd daemon is protected by SELinux, semanage (the SELinux policy 

management tool) must also have the same port listed in its database. If the server and 

client machines had all been configured to use port 1000, for example, then running this 

command would accomplish this: 

semanage port -a -t audit_port_t -p tcp 1000 

4. The final step in configuring remote log aggregation is to edit the /etc/hosts.allow 

configuration file to inform tcp_wrappers which machines or subnets the auditd daemon 

should allow connections from. 

wpa_supplicant re-base 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 5.3 Release Notes 5 

wpa_supplicant has been re-based to the latest upstream stable version 0.5.10 and include 

backported fixes for a number of issues that may affect users of wireless drivers that depend 

on the kernel's mac80211 wireless stack. Specific fixes and enhancements include: 

Support for a D-Bus control interface has been added. D-Bus is a popular lightweight Inter- 

Process Communication mechanism, and the addition of this control interface to 

wpa_supplicant allows applications (like NetworkManager) to more reliably control the 

supplicant. 

Cisco Aironet 340/350 wireless cards were not able to successfully connect to 802.1x-


enabled wireless networks, often used in security sensitive organizations. During the 

connection process at the 4-Way WPA handshake stage, sending encryption keys to the 

driver would clear the wireless card firmware's authentication state. With this update, the 

supplicant uses an alternate method of supplying encryption keys to the kernel driver, 

allowing authentication state to be preserved in the Aironet firmware and 802.1x 

connections to succeed. 

Kernel drivers utilizing the new mac80211 wireless stack were sometimes unable to connect 

to wireless networks, either failing to find the requested network, or prematurely ending 

communication with the wireless access point during the connection process. Some drivers 

were prone to reporting multiple disconnection events during the association process, 

confusing the supplicant and causing long timeouts. The supplicant also did not sufficiently 

instruct the driver to disconnect when switching access points. This update fixes these 

issues and, in conjunction with kernel driver updates, allow more wireless hardware to 

successfully connect to wireless networks. 

NetworkManager re-base 

NetworkManager has been updated to version 0.7.0. This update provides the following fixes 

and enhancements: 

NetworkManager would not display a LEAP password, even when the user selected the 

"show password" option. This has been fixed through a rebase to NetworkManager 0.7. 

During the beta phase, a version of NetworkManager was unable to automatically start 

network interfaces for which "ONBOOT=no" was present in the ifcfg file. NetworkManager 

now ignores this value unless "NM_RESPECT_ONBOOT=yes" is also present. 

a NetworkManager plug-in was named for its upstream repository. This could cause endusers 

to mistake the plug-in for an un-supported addition to Red Hat Enterprise Linux. This 

plug-in has been renamed to "ifcfg-rh". 

with this update, support has been added to NetworkManager for wired 802.1x 

authentication. However, after creating an 802.1x-enabled wired connection in the 

NetworkManager connection editor, it may be necessary to log out, then log back in before 

the connection can be used from the NetworkManager applet menu. 

NetworkManager attempted to set a hostname, but only after X had already done so. The 

user could not then open new windows because the authority files had been set by X with a 

different hostname. NetworkManager no longer sets hostnames. 

an update for NetworkManager that was available in the beta phase would change the run 

level enablement of the package during installation, and thus prevent NetworkManager from 

starting. NetworkManager no longer changes run level enablements during installation. 

on a system with more than one network adapter, network keys saved by the user while 

connecting with one adapter would not be available when the user attempted to connect with 

the other adapter. NetworkManager can now retrieve and use network keys saved for a 

different adapter on the same network. 

previously, NetworkManager would not always prompt the user for a new network key if the 

protocol or key of a wireless network changed. Although NetworkManager would wait for a 

new key, it would not always open a dialog box and allow the user to provide one. 

NetworkManager will now open a dialog box when needed. 

several bug fixes and enhancements for NetworkManager were available upstream. 

NetworkManager has been rebased to version 0.7 to incorporate these improvements, 

including mobile broadband functionality, Phase2 WPA support, and static IP functionality. 

NetworkManager would would cause a segmentation fault when resuming a session. This 

was caused by the HAL dropping privileges before connecting to D-Bus, meaning that the 

HAL could not send signals to NetworkManager. NetworkManager now explicitly permits 

signals from the HAL. 

sometimes, X would freeze if the NetworkManager menu and a keyring manager window 

were open at the same time. This updated package includes a patch from upstream that

prevents this behavior. 

if NetworkManager requires a network key from the user, it will open a pop-up window. 

However, the applet previously could not steal focus from metacity and would remain in the 

background. The window was therefore not obvious to the user. The applet now opens in 

the foreground, alerting the user to take action. 

when resuming, NetworkManager could sometimes re-establish a wireless connection, but 

not a route. A fix for this problem from upstream has been included in this update. 

NetworkManager did not previously support Cisco Airo Wi-Fi cards, as these devices did not 

respond to NetworkManager's attempts to detect them. NetworkManager can now detect 

and use these cards. 

the NetworkManager applet would wake up and redraw its icon once per second, even when 

NetworkManager was not active. Now, the applet will not wake up unless NetworkManager is 

running. 

NetworkManager 0.7 connects faster than libnotify can provide a notification bubble. When 

this happens, the bubble will appear at the top left corner of the screen, rather than under 

the taskbar. NetworkManager notification bubbles are now delayed for a few seconds, 

allowing libnotify to react. 

dbus-glib re-base 

The dbus-glib integration library has been re-based to version 0.73.8 This update provides 

support to updated versions of NetworkManager and also implements the following bugfix and 

enhancements 

cleanup of the DBusGProxy objects treated pending remote method calls incorrectly and 

may have resulted in freeing invalid memory. Consequently, processes using DBusGProxy 

objects may have crashed when the DBusGProxy object was freed. With this update dbusglib 

correctly handles the destruction of DBusGProxy objects, resolving this issue. 

two new function calls, dbus_g_proxy_call_with_timeout and 

dbus_g_proxy_begin_call_with_timeout, have been added to dbus-glib providing 

the ability to specify a timeout when making a request to a remote service. 

dbus-binding-tool now ignores namespaced Extensible Markup Language (XML) nodes 

when processing introspection definition files. 

Sudo Aktualisierung 

sudo wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf Upstream Version 1.6.9. Diese Version von sudo 

unterstützt nun LDAP, und ermöglicht das Suchen nach sudo-Rechten auch im Unterbaum, 

statt nur der Basis-Suche (d.h. nur Baum-Ebene). Dies ermöglicht es Administratoren, sudo- 

Rechte in einem Baum zu kategorisieren, was wiederum die Handhabung der 

Benutzerprivilegien vereinfacht. 

Anmerkung 

the env_reset sudoers option from newer sudo will reset the PATH environment 

variable. This is different from the behaviour in sudo-1.9.8. To keep the old behaviour 

simply add PATH variable into env_keep in sudoers file. 

LVM-based Cluster mirroring 


With this update, the ability to create LVM mirrors in a cluster environment (i.e. while using 

CLVM) is now available in Red Hat Enterprise Linux It provides for simultaneous access from 

multiple cluster machines, like when using a cluster-aware file system. This solution is


compatible with existing single-machine mirrors. When switching a mirrored logical volume 

between single-machine and cluster-aware, no resynchronization is necessary. 


system-config-network requires the fonts provided with xorg-x11-fonts-Type1 in order to 

display. However, this fonts package was not previously set as a dependency for system-confignetwork 

and it was therefore possible (for example, in the case of a minimal installation) for 

system-config-network to be present on a system and yet unable to function because these 

fonts were missing. This update sets xorg-x11-fonts-Type1 as a dependency for systemconfig-network 

to ensure that these fonts will be available and that system-config-network 

will display correctly. 

In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2, a 64-bit version of httpd was included in addition to the existing 32bit 

httpd in the PowerPC architecture. If a user installed both versions, an httpd conflict would 

occur, preventing httpd from functioning properly. 

To resolve this issue, the 64-bit version of httpd has been removed from this release. Any systems 

with the previous 64-bit version of httpd installed should remove the package before upgrade. 

1.3. Driver Updates 

the SCSI device handler infrastructure (scsi_dh) has been updated, providing added support for LSI 

RDAC SCSI based storage devices. 

the tg3 driver for Broadcom Tigon3 ethernet devices has been updated to version 3.93. This applies 

several upstream changes for new hardware. However, the 5785 hardware is not fully supported. 

This device may be detected by the driver, but lack of PHY support may cause these chips to not 

function correctly and may require the user disable any on-board 5785 cards in the system BIOS. 

scsi-target-utils now features iSCSI Extensions for RDMA (iSER), which is based on the Linux 

Target (tgt) framework. iSER is included in this release as a Technology Preview, and provides 

capabilities for both single and multiple portals on different subnets. Note, however, that there are 

known bugs with using multiple portals on the same subnet. 

To set up an iSER target component, install the scsi-target-utils and libibverbs-devel 

packages. The corresponding library package for your system's Infiniband hardware is also required. 

For example, in HCAs that use the cxgb3 driver the libcxgb3 package is needed, and for HCAs 

using the mthca driver the libmthca package is need. 

The MPT Fusion driver has been updated to version 3.04.06, providing the following bugfixes and 

enhancements: 

Previously, the MPT Fusion driver always allocated I/O resources, even if they were not required, 

which may have caused issues in low resource environments. With this update, the driver now 

uses the pci_enable_device_mem and pci_enable_device functions to differentiate the resource 

allocations. 

Previously, the kernel would panic when the mptsas and mptcl modules were loaded in parallel. 

With this update, this issue has been resolved. 

Previously, system power state changes (such as hibernation and standby) were not functioning 

correctly with 106XE controllers. With this update, the driver has been modified to free and 

allocate resources in power management entry points. 

1.4 . Virtualization 

Ein Fehler im IDE/ATA Treiberstapel, der ein kernel-xen verwendendes Systemvom Booten in die 

kdump-Umgebung hindern konnte, wurde jetzt behoben. In früheren Releases trat dieser auf, wenn 

das System auf eine Kernel Panik traf während das IDE-Gerät I/O durchführte und das IDE-Gerät 

durch einen Gerätetreiber gesteuert wurde, bei dem es sich nicht um libata handelte. 

A softlockup may have occurred when creating a guest with a large amount of memory.

Consequently, a call trace of the error was displayed on both the dom0 and the other guest. In this 

update, this issue has been resolved. 

On systems with large amounts of memory (ie 256GB or more), setting up the dom0 could exhaust 

the hypervisor memory heap. To work around this, the xenheap and dom0_size command line 

arguments had to be set to valid values for the system. In this update, the hypervisor has been 

updated to automatically set these values to a default of 32GB, which resolves this issue. 

Due to technical problems with passing TX checksum offload information between paravirtual 

domains, the use of TX checksum offload in conjunction with NAT for traffic originating from another 

domain is not supported. TX checksum offload can be used together with NAT as long as the NAT 

rule is applied in the domain where the traffic originates. 

Note that this also applies to fully virtualised domains using paravirtual network drivers. Fully 

virtualised domains using fully virtualised drivers are not affected as they do not support TX 

checksum offload at all. 


Previous versions of the 5.3 Release Notes stated that the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM unit on Dell 

PowerEdge R905 servers does not work with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. This note was included by 

error, and does not apply to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. 

kdump now serializes drive creation registration with the rest of the kdump process. Consequently, 

kdump may hang waiting for IDE drives to be initialized. In these cases, it is recommended that IDE 

disks not be used with kdump. 

Improvements have been made to the 'nv' driver, enhancing suspend and resume support on some 

systems equipped with nVidia GeForce 8000 and 9000 series devices. Due to technical limitations, 

this will not enable suspend/resume on all hardware. 

pirut sorts some package lists using the textual representation of a package, which is inconsistent 

with the textual representation method used in yum. As such, some package lists (e.g. Optional 

Packages list) in pirut may not display names in alphabetical order. 

The Hypervisor outputs messages regarding attempts by any guest to write to an MSR. Such 

messages contain the statement Domain attempted WRMSR. These messages can be safely 

ignored; furthermore, they are rate limited and should pose no performance risk. 

When upgrading from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Workstation to 5 Server, OpenOffice will no 

longer work correctly with SELinux. This is because the Red Hat Enterprise Linux version of 

OpenOffice is built using an incorrect library. As a result, SELinux will prevent OpenOffice from 

accessing any shared libraries, causing OpenOffice to fail. 

To work around this, update the SELinux context to allow OpenOffice to access shared libraries. To 

do so, run the following commands: 

semanage fcontext -a -t textrel_shlib_t '/usr/lib/ooo-1.1(/.*)?' 

semanage fcontext -a -t textrel_shlib_t '/usr/lib64/ooo-1.1(/.*)?' 

restorecon -Rv /usr/lib/ooo-1.19 

restorecon -Rv /usr/lib64/ooo-1.19 


Alternatively, you can also upgrade your OpenOffice to a correct version compatible with SELinux in 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. You can do this by subscribing to the "Productivity App" child channel in 

Red Hat Network and running the following command: 

yum install openoffice- 

{base,calc,draw,emailmerge,graphicfilter,headless,impress,javafilter,mat 

h,pyuno,writer,xsltfilter} 

If jumbo frames are enabled on your system, a kernel panic will occur if you attempt to unload the 

bnx2 module. 

Red Hat advises that you avoid removing a block device from a guest while the device is in use. 

Doing so causes Xend to lose domain information for the guest. 

Accessing the right-click menu of the NetworkManager GNOME applet may cause the GNOME 

Keyring Unlock dialog to appear. When this occurs, no XII applications can receive keyboard or


mouse input. 

To recover from this, switch to a virtual terminal using Ctrl+Alt+F1. Log in as the affected user (or 

root) and run killall -9 nm-applet. Then, switch back to X11 using Ctrl+Alt+F7. Your 

system should be able to receive keyboard and mouse input, although Red Hat recommends that you 

logout and login again to allow the system to fully recover. 

On Altix systems with an ATI FireMV graphics adapter, the GUI console may not display on one of the 

VGA connectors. To workaround this issue, switch to using the other VGA connector on the dongle. 

It has been determined that 1024 byte objects in kernel slab may be lost when a call to pipe() fails. 

The problem occurs because pipe() allocates pipe files, and then tries to get free file descriptors for 

them. If the process is out of file descriptors, pipe() fails, but it does not clean up properly. A fix for 

this problem is planned for a forthcoming 5.3 kernel update. 

To workaround this issue, ensure that the process calling do_pipe has adequate file descriptors 

allocated. 

This issue has been observed with multipathd in particular. To avoid the problem with multipathd, 

calculate the number of file descriptors (FDs) required using the formula: "FDs = Number of Paths + 

32". If the result is greater than the default value of 1024, then the max_fds value in the defaults 

section of multipath.conf should be set to the previously calculated value. For example, if there are 

255 LUNs with 8 paths each, the line to be added to the defaults section of multipath.conf would be: 

max_fds 2072 

The libcmpiutil-devel package depends on tog-pegasus-devel, which for the Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux Desktop product is only available from the Workstation option. Therefore, any 

attempt to install the libcmpiutil-devel package on a system that does not have a Subscription 

including the Workstation option or is not subscribed to the Workstation channel on the Red Hat 

Network, will fail with an unresolved dependency error. 

It is possible in rare circumstances, for makedumpfile to produce erroneous results but not have 

them reported. This is due to the fact that makedumpfile processes its output data through a 

pipeline consisting of several stages. If makedumpfile fails, the other stages will still succeed, 

effectively masking the failure. Should a vmcore appear corrupt, and makedumpfile is in use, it is 

recommended that the core be recorded without makedumpfile and a bug be reported. 

An issue may be encountered when using system-config-cluster to configure a Postgres 8 

resource agent, resulting in the postgresql service failing to start. To include a Postgres resource 

agent in your cluster, please check the man page for the agent, and edit the cluster.conf file in 

an editor, then update the cluster with the new configuration file using the appropriate cman_tool 

command. 

Due to outstanding driver issues with hardware encryption acceleration, users of Intel WiFi Link 4965, 

5100, 5150, 5300, and 5350 wireless cards are advised to disable hardware accelerated encryption 

using module parameters. Failure to do so may result in the inability to connect to Wired Equivalent 

Privacy (WEP) protected wireless networks after connecting to WiFi Protected Access (WPA) 

protected wireless networks. 

To do so, add the following options to /etc/modprobe.conf: 

alias wlan0 iwlagn 

options iwlagn swcrypto50=1 swcrypto=1 

(where wlan0 is the default interface name of the first Intel WiFi Link device) 

kdump now restarts when CPUs or DIMMs are hot-added to a system. If multiple items are added at 

the same time, several sequential restarts may be encountered. This behavior is intentional, as it 

minimizes the time-frame where a crash may occur while memory or processors are not being 

tracked by kdump. 

1.6. Technology Previews 

Software based Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE)

The Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) driver (fcoe.ko), along with libfc, provides the ability to 

run FCoE over a standard Ethernet card. This capability is provided as a technical preview in 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. 

To enable this feature, you must login by writing the network interface name to the 

/sys/module/fcoe/parameters/create file, for example: 

echo eth6 > /sys/module/fcoe/parameters/create 

To logout, write the network interface name to the 

/sys/module/fcoe/parameters/destroy file, for example: 

echo eth6 > /sys/module/fcoe/parameters/destroy 

For further information on software based FCoE refer to: http://www.openfcoe.org/openfc/wiki/index.php/FCoE_Initiator_Quickstart. 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 bietet vollständigen Support für FCoE auf drei spezialisierten 

Hardware Implementierungen. Diese sind: Cisco fnic-Treiber, der Emulex lpfc-Treiber und 

der Qlogic qla2xx-Treiber. 

iSER Support 

iSER support, allowing for block storage transfer across a network, has been added to the 

scsi-target-utils package as a Technology Preview. In this release, single portal and 

multiple portals on different subnets are supported. There are known bugs when using multiple 

portals on the same subnet. 

To set up the iSER target component install the scsi-target-utils and libibverbs-devel RPM. The 

library package for the InfiniBand hardware that is being used is also required. For example: 

host channel adapters that use the cxgb3 driver the libcxgb3 package is needed, and for 

host channel adapters using the mthca driver the libmthca package is needed. 

There is also a known issue relating to connection timeouts in some situations. Refer to Red 

Hat Bugzilla #470627 for more information on this issue. 

2. Installation-Related Notes 


This section includes information specific to Anaconda and the installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 

5.3. 

Red Hat Network can install the new and changed packages and upgrade an existing Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 5 system. Alternatively, Anaconda can upgrade an existing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 

system or perform a fresh installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. 

Note: upgrading from beta releases of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 to this GA release is not supported. 

Further, although Anaconda provides an option for upgrading from earlier major versions of Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3, Red Hat does not currently support this. More 

generally, Red Hat does not support in-place upgrades between any major versions of Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux. (A major version is denoted by a whole number version change. For example, Red Hat 

Enteprise Linux 4 and Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 are both major versions of Red Hat Enterprise Linux.) 

In-place upgrades across major releases do not preserve all system settings, services or custom 

configurations. Consequently, Red Hat strongly recommends fresh installations when upgrading from 

one major version to another.



Die Text Mode-Installation von Anaconda bietet nun die Möglichkeit, zu Virtual Network Computing 

(VNC) zu wechseln, um die Installation abzuschließen. 

Das Erstellen oder Benutzen von verschlüsselte Platten im Software-RAID-Verbund (d.h. software 

RAID Partitionen) wird nicht unterstützt. Das Erstellen von verschlüsselten Software RAID Arrays 

(d.h. /dev/md0) wird hingegen unterstützt. 

The NFS default for RHEL5 is "locking". Therefore, to mount nfs shares from the %post section of 

anaconda, use the mount -o nolock,udp command to start the locking daemon before using nfs 

to mount shares. 

Bei der Installation von CD-ROM oder DVD-ROM auf einem System mit einem iBFT-konfigurierten 

Netzwerkgerät, bindet Anaconda keine iBFT-konfigurierten Speichergeräte ein, bis das Netzwerk 

konfiguriert ist. Um das Netzwerk für die Installation zu aktivieren, verwenden Sie den Befehl linux 

updates=http://[any] am Installations-Boot-Prompt. Beachten Sie, dass [any] mit einer 

beliebigen URL ersetzt werden kann. 

Falls Ihr System eine statische IP-Konfiguration benötigt, verwenden Sie den Befehl linux 

updates=http://[any] ip=[IP address] netmask=[netmask] dns=[dns]. 

Verwenden Sie bei der Installation von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 auf einem voll virtualisierten 

Gast nicht den kernel-xen-Kernel. Das Verwenden dieses Kernels auf voll virtualisierten Gästen 

kann dazu führen, dass Ihr System hängenbleibt. 

Falls Sie bei der Installation von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 eine Installationsnummer verwenden, 

stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie die Paketgruppe Virtualization während der Installation 

deselektieren. Die Paketgruppe Virtualization installiert den kernel-xen-Kernel. 

Beachten Sie, dass paravirtualisierte Gäste von diesem Problem nicht betroffen sind. 

Paravirtualisierte Gäste verwenden immer den kernel-xen-Kernel. 

Wenn Sie bei der Aktualisierung von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 auf 5.2 den virtualisierten Kernel 

verwenden, müssen Sie nach Abschluß der Aktualisierung neu starten. Sie sollten dann das System 

booten und dabei den aktualisierten virtualisierten Kernel verwenden. 

Die Hypervisoren von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 und 5.2 sind nicht ABI-kompatibel. Falls Sie das 

System nach der Aktualisierung unter Verwendung des aktualisierten virtualisierten Kernels nicht 

neu starten, entsprechen die aktualisierten Virtualisierungs-RPMs nicht dem laufenden Kernel. 

Bei der Aktualisierung von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.6 auf Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 oder später 

kann gcc4 dazu führen, dass die Aktualisierung scheitert. Aus diesem Grund sollten Sie das Paket 

gcc4 vor der Aktualisierung manuell entfernen. 

Das firstboot Sprach-Plugin wurde entfernt, da es das System bei der Auswahl einer neuen 

Sprache nicht ordnungsgemäß und vollständig neu konfiguriert. 

Bei der Bereitstellung (?) von Gästen während der Installation, steht die RHN tools for guests 

Option nicht zur Verfügung. Für diesen Fall benötigt das System eine zusätzliche Berechtigung (?), 

unabhängig von der für dom0 genutzten Berechtigung (?). 

Um den Verbrauch (?) von zusätzlichen Berechtigungen für Gäste zu verhindern, installieren Sie das 

rhn-virtualization-common-Paket manuell, bevor Sie versuchen, das System beim Red Hat 

Network anzumelden. 

Das Installieren von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 auf einem System mit mehreren 

Netzwerkschnittstellen und manuell eingestellten IPv6 Adressen kann zu einer teilweise fehlerhaften 

Netzwerk-Einrichtung führen. Falls dies auftritt, werden Ihre IPv6 Adressen auf dem installierten 

System nicht sichtbar sein. 

Für eine provisorische Lösung setzen Sie NETWORKING_IPV6 auf yes in 

/etc/sysconfig/network. Anschließend starten Sie Ihre Netzwerkverbindungen mit dem Befehl 

service network restart neu. 

Falls auf Ihrem System yum-rhn-plugin-0.5.2-5.el5_1.2 (oder eine frühere Version) 

installiert ist, wird Ihnen eine Aktualisierung auf Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 mit dem Befehl yum 

update nicht möglich sein. Um dies zu umgehen, aktualisieren Sie Ihr yum-rhn-plugin auf die

neueste Version (per yum update yum-rhn-plugin), bevor Sie den Befehl yum update 

ausführen. 

Bislang konnte anaconda nicht auf mehr als 8 SmartArray Kontroller zugreifen. In dieser 

Aktualisierung wurde das Problem nun behoben. 

Ein Treiber-Datenträger, bereitgestellt vom OEM, ist eine einzelne Image-Datei (*.img), welche 

eventuell mehrere Treiberpakete und Kernel-Module enthält. Diese Treiber werden während der 

Installation verwendet, um Hardware zu unterstützen, die andernfalls nicht von Red Hat Enterprise 

Linux 5 erkannt werden würden. Sind die Treiberpakete und Kernel-Module erst einmal auf dem 

System installiert, werden sie in der ursprünglichen RAM-Disk (initrd) abgelegt, so dass sie beim 

Systemstart geladen werden. 

Mit dieser Aktualisierung erkennt die Installation nun automatisch das Vorhandensein eines Treiber- 

Datenträgers (anhand der Dateisystem-Kennung), und verwendet somit den Inhalt des Datenträgers 

während der Installation. Dieses Verhalten wird in der Befehlszeile der Installation gesteuert durch 

die Option dlabel=on, welche die automatische Suche aktiviert. dlabel=on ist die 

Standardeinstellung für diese Version. 

Alle Blockgeräte mit der Dateisystem-Kennung OEMDRV werden untersucht und gefundene Treiber in 

der Reihenfolge des Antreffens geladen. 

Vorhandene, verschlüsselte Blockgeräte, die vfat-Dateisysteme enthalten, werden als Typ 

foreign in der Partitionierungs-Schnittstelle angezeigt werden. Aus diesem Grund werden diese 

Geräte beim Systemstart nicht automatisch eingehängt. Um zu gewährleisten, dass diese Geräte 

automatisch eingehängt werden, ergänzen Sie einen entsprechenden Eintrag in /etc/fstab. Für 

weitere Informationen zur Durchführung, werfen Sie bitte einen Blick auf man fstab. 


The minimum RAM required to install Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 is 1GB; the recommended RAM is 

2GB. If a machine has less than 1GB RAM, the installation process may hang. 

Desweiteren treten bei PowerPC-Rechnern mit nur 1GB Arbeitsspeicher Leistungsprobleme bei 

bestimmten RAM-intensiven Auslastungen auf. Damit auf einem Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 System 

RAM-intensive Prozesse optimal ausgeführt werden, sollte der Rechner mit 4GB Arbeitsspeicher 

ausgestattet sein. So wird gewährleistet, dass das System dieselbe Anzahl an physischen 

Seitenrahmen besitzt, wie das auf den PowerPC-Rechnern (die 512MB RAM verwenden), die Red 

Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5 oder eine frühere Version installiert haben. 


anaconda unterstützt nun beide Ports auf CHPID für OSA Express3 cards. Der Installer fordert die 

Angabe der Portnummer während der ersten Phase der Installation. Der angegebene Wert für den 

Port wirkt sich auch auf das installierte Skript zur Initialisierung der Netzwerkschnittstelle aus. Wird 

der Port 1 ausgewählt, wird der Wert portno=1 zu den OPTIONS Parametern der ifcfg-eth*- 

Datei hinzugefügt. 

Anmerkung 

Bei der Installation unter z/VM können Sie entweder PORTNO=0 (für Port 0), oder PORTNO=1 

(für Port 1) zu der CMS Konfigurationsdatei hinzufügen, um eine Abfrage des Modus zu 

verhindern. 

Die Installation auf einem Rechner mit vorhandenen Linux- oder Nicht-Linux-Dateisystemen auf DASD 

Blockgeräten kann zum Anhalten des Installers führen. Falls dies passiert, ist es nötig, alle 

vorhandenen Partitionen auf den DASD Geräten, die Sie verwenden wollen, vollständig zu löschen 

und den Installer neu zu starten. 

2.4 . ia64 Architecture 



If your system only has 512MB of RAM, attempting to install Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 may fail. To 

prevent this, perform a base installation first and install all other packages after the installation 

finishes. 

Using yum to install packages from the 32-bit Compatibility Layer disc may fail. If it does, it 

is because the Red Hat package signing key was not imported into the RPM database. This happens 

if you have not yet connected to Red Hat Network and obtained updates. To import the key manually, 

run the following command as root: 

rpm --import /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-redhat-release 

Sobald der Red Hat GPG-Schlüssel importiert wurde, können Sie nun yum für die Installation von 

Paketen vom 32-bit Compatibility Layer verwenden. 

Beachten Sie, dass es ratsam ist, yum anstelle von rpm zu verwenden, falls Sie von diesem 

Datenträger installieren, um so zu gewährleisten, dass Abhängigkeiten des Basis-Betriebssystems 

während der Installation berücksichtigt werden. 

3. Feature Updates 

Verschlüsselung von Blockgeräten 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 unterstützt die Verschlüsselung von Blockgeräten unter 

Verwendung der Linux Unified Key Setup (LUKS) Spezifikationen. Die Verschlüsselung eines 

Gerätes schützt alle auf dem Blockgerät enthaltenen Daten gegen unbefugten Zugriff, selbst 

wenn das Gerät physikalisch vom System getrennt wird. Um auf den Inhalt eines 

verschlüsselten Gerätes zugreifen zu können, muss der Benutzer ein Passwort oder einen 

Schlüssel als Authentifikation eingeben. 

Für weitere Information über das Verschlüsseln von Platten, werfen Sie bitte einen Blick auf 

Kapitel 28 des Red Hat Enterprise Linux Installationshandbuchs unter: http://redhat.com/docs/ 

mac80211 802.11a/b/g WiFi Protokollstapel (mac80211) 

Der mac80211-Stapel (früher als devicescape/d80211-Stapel bekannt) ist in Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 5.3 nun ein unterstütztes Feature. Er aktiviert den iwlwifi 4965GN 

Wireless-Treiber für Intel Wifi Link 4965 Hardware. Dieser Stapel ermöglicht bestimmten 

Wireless-Geräten, sich mit einem beliebigen WiFi-Netzwerk zu verbinden. 

Obwohl die mac80211 Komponente in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 unterstützt wird, sind die 

Symbole jedoch nicht in der Symbol-Whitelist für den Kernel enthalten. 

Global File System 2 (GFS2) 

GFS2 stellt eine inkrementelle Verbesserung von GFS dar. Diese Aktualisierung setzt einige 

wichtige Verbesserung um, die eine Änderung des On-Disk-Dateisystem-Formats erfordern. 

GFS-Dateisysteme können mit dem Dienstprogramm gfs2_convert in GFS2 konvertiert 

werden, welches die Metadaten eines GFS-Dateisystems entsprechend aktualisiert. 

In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 wurde GFS2 als Kernel-Modul zu Testzwecken zur Verfügung 

gestellt. In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 ist GFS2 nun Teil des Kernel-Pakets. Falls Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 5.2 GFS2 Kernel-Module bereits installiert sind, müssen diese entfernt werden, 

um die Verwendung von GFS2 in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 zu ermöglichen. 

Verbesserungen der Unterstützung von Treiber-Datenträgern 

Ein Treiber-Datenträger, bereitgestellt vom OEM, ist eine einzelne Image-Datei (*.img), welche 

eventuell mehrere Treiber-RPMs und Kernel-Module enthält. Diese Treiber werden während 

der Installation verwendet, um andernfalls nicht erkannte Hardware zu unterstützen. Die RPMs

der Installation verwendet, um andernfalls nicht erkannte Hardware zu unterstützen. Die RPMs 

werden auf dem System installiert und in die initrd abgelegt, so dass sie beim Neustart des 

Rechners unterstützt werden. 

Bei Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 kann die Installation anhand der Dateisystem-Kennung 

automatisch das Vorhandensein eines Treiber-Datenträgers erkennen, und dessen Inhalt 

während der Installation verwenden. Dieses Verhalten wird in der Befehlszeile der Installation 

gesteuert durch die Option dlabel=on, welche die automatische Suche aktiviert. Alle 

Blockgeräte mit der Dateisystem-Kennung OEMDRV werden untersucht und gefundene Treiber 

in der Reihenfolge des Antreffens geladen. 

iSCSI Boot Firmware Table 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 unterstützt nun vollständig die iSCSI Boot Firmware Table (iBFT), 

was das Starten von iSCSI Geräten ermöglicht. Diese Unterstützung erfordert, dass die iSCSI 

Platten (Knoten) nicht mehr für einen automatischen Start markiert sind. Das installierte System 

wird nicht mehr automatisch verbinden und auf iSCSI Platten einloggen beim Wechsel zum 

Runlevel 3 oder 5. 

iSCSI wird normalerweise für das Root Dateisystem verwendet. In diesem Fall ist diese 

Änderung unerheblich, denn initrd wird sich mit den nötigen iSCSI Platten verbinden und 

einloggen, noch bevor ein Wechsel auf Runlevel erfolgt. 

Falls jedoch iSCSI Platten bei Nicht-Root Verzeichnissen eingehängt werden müssen, z.B. 

/home or /srv, dann wird sich diese Änderung auf Sie auswirken, denn das installierte System 

wird sich nicht mehr automatisch verbinden und einloggen auf iSCSI Platten, die nicht für das 

Root Dateisystem verwendet werden. 

Das Verwenden von iSCSI Platten, welche an Nicht-Root Dateisysteme angehängt sind, ist zwar 

noch immer möglich, erfordert aber eine der folgenden provisorischen Lösungen: 

Rhythmbox 

1. Installieren Sie das System, ohne dass iSCSI Platten an Nicht-Root Verzeichnisse 

angehängt sind, und konfigurieren Sie später die erforderlichen Platten und Anhänge- 

Punkte (?)manuell. 

2. Starten Sie das installierte System auf Runlevel 1, und markieren Sie alle iSCSI Platten, 

die nicht für das Root Dateisystem zum automatischen Starten verwendet werden, indem 

Sie folgenden Befehl einmal pro Platte ausführen: 

iscsiadm -m node -T target-name -p ip:port -o update -n 

node.startup -v automatic 

Der rhythmbox Audio Player wurde aktualisiert auf Version 0.11.6. Diese Aktualisierung bietet 

die Möglichkeit, proprietäre GStreamer-Plugins zu verwenden. 

lftp Aktualisierung 

lftp wurde nun grundlegend aktualisiert auf Version 3.7.1. Dies führt zu einigen Upstream- 

Feature-Aktualisierungen und Bugfixes, einschließlich: 

Eine Sicherheitslücke, die beim Interpretieren von mirror --script-generierten Skripten 

mit lftp eine mögliche unauthorisierte Privileg-Eskalation verursachte, wurde nun 

geschlossen. 

Das Verwenden von lftp mit der Option -c führt nicht mehr zum Aufhängen von lftp. 

lftp beschädigt keine Dateien mehr während eines Transfers via sftp. 


For more information on lftp updates applied in this release, refer to http://lftp.yar.ru/news.html.


TTY Input Auditing 

TTY Input Auditing wird nun unterstützt. Falls ein Prozess für TTY Input Auditing vorgesehen 

ist, werden Daten von TTYs gelesen und überprüft. Dies wird auf den Audit Records 

erscheinen als TypTTY. 

Sie können das pam_tty_audit-Modul verwenden, um einen Prozess (samt Kindprozessen) 

für TTY Input Auditing zu kennzeichnen. Für eine Anleitung zur Durchführung, konsultieren Sie 

die Handbuchseite via man pam_tty_audit(8). 

Die TTY Audit Records enthalten die genauen Tastenanschläge die vom überprüften Prozess 

registriert wurden. Um das Auswerten der Daten zu vereinfachen, überprüft bash die genaue 

Befehlszeile unter Verwendung des Record-Typs USER_TTY. 

The "TTY" audit records contain all data read by audited processes from the TTY. This 

includes data inserted into the input stream by the TIOCSTI ioctl system call. 

SystemTap Aktualisierung 

SystemTap wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf Version 0.7.2. Diese Aktualisierung führt 

mehrere kleine Verbesserungen ein, sowie auch einige bedeutende Features. Diese neuen 

Features beinhalten: 

SystemTap unterstützt nun das symbolische Überprüfen auf x86, x86-64 und PowerPC 

Architekturen. Dies ermöglicht es SystemTap Scripts, Überprüfungsprozesse in User Space 

Anwendungen sowie in gemeinsam genutzten Bibliotheken zu platzieren. Infolgedessen 

kann SystemTap nun das gleiche Level an Debugger Überprüfung bei einigen User Space 

Anwendungen leisten, wie auch bei der Kernel Überprüfung. 

Wenn beispielsweise coreutils-debuginfo installiert ist, können Sie einen Call Graph 

ausgeben des Befehls ls unter Verwendung von 

/usr/share/doc/systemtap-version/examples/general/callgraph.stp, wie 

in: 

stap para-callgraph.stp 'process("ls").function("*")' -c 'ls -l' 

Um die Wahrscheinlichkeit einer unentdeckten Abweichung zwischen der Binärdatei und 

deren Debuginfo RPMs zu verringern, empfiehlt Red Hat die 

SYSTEMTAP_DEBUGINFO_PATH Umgebungsvariable auf den Wert 

+:.debug:/usr/lib/debug:build zu setzen. 

SystemTap's support for symbolic probes also extends to markers placed into the kernel of 

this release. To use these markers, load the kernel-trace kernel module in 

/etc/rc.local (using modprobe kernel-trace). 

SystemTap unterstützt auch entfernte (oder remote) Kompilierungsdienste. Dies ermöglicht 

es einem einzigen Computer im Netzwerk, als ein Debuginfo/Compiler Server für lokale 

SystemTap Clients zu fungieren. Die Clients lokalisieren automatisch den Server mithilfe 

von mDNS (avahi), und benötigen nur die systemtap-client- und systemtapruntime-Pakete 

zum funktionieren. 

Zur Zeit verwendet dieses Feature keine Sicherheitsmechanismen wie z.B. 

Verschlüsselung. Daher ist es ratsam, entfernte (oder remote) Kompilierungsdienste nur 

innerhalb von vertrauenswürdigen Netzwerken zu benutzen. Bitte konsultieren Sie die 

Handbuchseite via man stap-server für weitere Informationen. 

Die Kernel-Aktualisierung für diese Version enthält eine Kernel-API-Erweiterung, die das 

Beenden von SystemTap-Scripts deutlich verbessert. Diese zusätzliche Kernel-API- 

Erweiterung beseitigt die unnötige Synchronisation zwischen einzelne Operationen zur 

Entfernung von Überprüfungsprozessen. Demzufolge werden SystemTab Scripts mit 

hunderten von Kernel Überprüfungsprozessen nun deutlich schneller abgearbeitet. 

Dies ist insbesondere nützlich für Administratoren, die Scripts mit Überprüfungsprozessen

verwenden, welche Wildcards enthalten und daher zahlreiche Kernel Ereignisse festhalten, 

wie z.B probe syscall.* {}. 

Für eine umfassende Liste von SystemTap Aktualisierungen in dieser Version, besuchen Sie 

bitte die folgende URL: 

http://sources.redhat.com/git/gitweb.cgi?p=systemtap.git;a=blob_plain;f=NEWS;hb=rhel53 

Cluster Manager Aktualisierung 

Das Cluster Manager Dienstprogramm (cman) wurde aktualisiert auf Version 2.0.97. Diese 

Aktualisierung enthält mehrere Bugfixes und Verbesserungen, insbesondere: 

cman verwendet nun die folgenden Firmware Versionen:APC AOS v3.5.7 und APC rpdu 

v3.5.6. Das behebt einen Fehler, der APC 7901 daran hinderte, das "Simple Network 

Management Protocol" (SNMP) ordnungsgemäß anzuwenden. 

fence_drac, fence_ilo, fence_egenera, und fence_bladecenter-Agenten 

unterstützen nun ssh. 

fence_xvmd-Schlüsseldateien können nun ohne Neustart neu geladen werden. 

Eine einzige Methode zur Abgrenzung kann nun bis zu 8 Geräte zur Abgrenzung 

unterstützen. 

RPM Aktualisierung 

Der RedHat Package Manager (RPM) wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf die Fedora 9 

Upstream Version. rpm bietet nun sekundäre, architekturspezifische Makro-Dateien auf Multi- 

Arch Systemen. Außerdem entspricht rpm nun allen Zertifizierungs-Kriterien für die Aufnahme 

in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. 

Diese Aktualisierung enthält zudem mehrere Upstream Verbesserungen und Bugfixes für rpm, 

einschließlich: 

rpm generiert keine unnötigen .rpmnew und .rpmsave-Dateien mehr auf Multi-Arch- 

Systemen. 

Ein Fehler in der rpmgiNext() Funktion von rpm verhinderte ordnungsgemäße 

Fehlerberichte. In dieser Aktualisierung wird nun die korrekte Semantik für Fehlerberichte 

angewendet und dadurch sichergestellt, dass rpm in jedem Fall den richtigen Exit Code 

wiedergibt. 

Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution (OFED) / opensm 


opensm wurde aktualisiert auf die Upstream Version 3.2, einschließlich einer kleineren 

Änderung an der opensm Programmbibliothek API. 

Das Format der opensm.conf-Datei wurde geändert. Falls Sie individuelle Modifikationen 

an Ihrem vorhandenen opensm.conf vorgenommen hatten, wird RPM automatisch die 

neue opensm.conf-Datei als /etc/ofed/opensm.conf.rpmnew installieren. Sie 

müssen daher Ihre Modifikationen in diese Datei migrieren, und anschließend die 

vorhandene opensm.conf-Datei mit dem Ergebnis ersetzen. 

Red Hat verfolgt die Code-Basis der Upstream Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution 

(OFED), um ein möglichst hohes Level an Funktionalität für diese noch in der Entwicklung 

begriffende Technologie zu bieten. Infolgedessen kann Red Hat die API/ABI-Kompatibilität 

nur über Nebenversionen erhalten, in demselben Umfang wie auch das Upstream Projekt. 

Dies stellt eine Ausnahme dar von der allgemeinen Entwicklungspraktik von Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux. 

Aus diesem Grund können Applikationen, die über den OFED Stapel (siehe Liste unten)


hinaus gebaut wurden, ggf. Rekompilation oder sogar Änderungen auf Ebene des 

Quellcodes erfordern, wenn von einer Nebenversion von Red Hat Enterprise Linux auf eine 

neuere gewechselt wird. 

Dies ist im Allgemeinen nicht erforderlich für andere Applikationen, die auf dem Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux Stapel gebaut wurden. Die betroffenen Komponenten sind: 

dapl 

compat-dapl 

ibsim 

ibutils 

infiniband-diags 

libcxgb3 

libehca 

libibcm 

libibcommon 

libibmad 

libibumad 

libibverbs 

libipathverbs 

libmlx4 

libmthca 

libnes 

librmdacm 

libsdp 

mpi-selector 

mpitests 

mstflint 

mvapich 

mvapich2 

ofed-docs 

openib 

openib-mstflint 

openib-perftest 

openib-tvflash 

openmpi 

opensm 

perftest 

qlvnictools 

qperf 

rds-tools (future) 

srptools 

tvflash 

Net-SNMP Aktualisierung 

Net-SNMP has been re-based to upstream version 5.3.2.2. This update adds Stream Control 

Transmission Protocol (SCTP) support (as per RFC 3873, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3873.txt) and 

introduces two new configuration options (to be used in /etc/snmpd.conf): 

dontLogTCPWrappersConnects — unterdrückt das Protokollieren von

Verbindungsversuchen. 

v1trapaddress — enables administrators to set an agent's IP address inside outgoing 

SNMP traps. 

Diese Aktualisierung setzt ebenfalls einige von Upstream gelieferte Verbesserungen um, 

einschließlich: 

Der snmpd-Daemon funktioniert nun ordnungsgemäß auf Systemen mit mehr als 255 

Netzwerkschnittstellen. Außerdem gibt snmpd nun einen Fehler aus, wenn es konfiguriert 

wird, auf einen Port höher als 65535 zu horchen. 

Eine Race Condition, die dazu führte, dass der snmpd-Daemon beim Lesen von /proc 

Dateideskriptoren durchsickern ließ, wurde nun behoben. 

Der snmpd-Daemon meldet nun ordnugnsgemäß hrProcessorLoad Objekt ID's (OID), 

selbst auf Multi-CPU Hardware. Beachten Sie jedoch, dass es ab dem Start des Daemons 

ungefähr eine Minute dauert, die OID-Werte zu berechnen. 

Das net-snmp-devel-Paket ist nun abhängig vom lm_sensors-devel-Paket. 

OpenSSL Aktualisierung für FIPS Zertifikation 

Die openssl-Pakete aktualisieren die OpenSSL-Bibliothek auf eine neuere Upstream Version, 

welche zur Zeit den "Federal Information Processing Standards" (FIPS-140-2) Validierungs 

Prozess durchläuft. Der FIPS-Modus ist standardmäßig aktiviert, um die OpenSSL-Bibliothek 

Feature Parität sowie ABI Kompatibilität zu vorhergehenden Versionen der openssl-Pakete in 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 zu gewährleisten. 

Diese Aktualisierung wendet außerdem die folgenden Upstream Fixes an: 

Standardmäßig wird die zlib-Komprimierung für SSL und TLS Verbindungen verwendet. 

Auf IBM System z Architekturen mit "Central Processor Assist for Cryptographic Function" 

(CPACF) wurde die Komprimierung zu einem großem Teil der CPU-Auslastung, und die 

Gesamtleistung wurde bestimmt durch die Geschwindigkeit der Komprimierung (nicht durch 

die Geschwindigkeit der Verschlüsselung). Wenn die Komprimierung deaktiviert wird, ist die 

Gesamtleistung sehr viel höher. In diesen aktualisierten Paketen kann die zlib- 

Komprimierung für SSL und TLS Verbindungen deaktiviert werden mithilfe der 

OPENSSL_NO_DEFAULT_ZLIB Umgebungsvariablen. Für TLS Verbindungen über ein 

langsames Netzwerk ist es besser, die Komprimierung aktiviert zu lassen, so dass die zu 

transferierende Datenmenge geringer ist. 

Beim Verwenden des openssl-Befehls mit den s_client und s_server Optionen wurde 

die Standard CA Zertifikat-Datei (/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt) nicht gelesen. 

Dies führte zum Scheitern der Verifizierung von Zertifikaten. Damit Zertifikate die 

Verifizierung bestehen, musste die -CAfile /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt 

Option angewendet werden. In diesen aktualisierten Paketen wird die Standard CA 

Zertifikat-Datei nun gelesen, und muss nicht mehr mit der -CAfile Option manuell 

angegeben werden. 

yum Aktualisierung 


yum wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf die Upstream Version 3.2.18. Diese Aktualisierung 

verbessert die Geschwindigkeit, mit der yum ausgeführt wird, wodurch Probleme aufgrund der 

ständig wachsenden Anzahl von Paketen in jeder Nebenversion gemindert werden. Zudem 

führt diese Aktualisierung auch den reinstall-Befehl ein, verbessert die Schnittstelle für mehrere 

Befehle, und enthält einige Bugfixes, einschließlich: 

Jeglicher yum-Befehlt scheiterte bislang, wenn die -c-Option benutzt wurde zum Angeben 

einer Konfigurations-Datei, die sich an einer Web-Adresse (http) befand. Dieser Fehler 

wurde nun behoben.


Eine checkSignal()-Funktion in yum rief eine fehlerhafte Beenden-Funktion auf; daher 

resultierte ein Beenden von yum stattdessen in einem Traceback. In dieser Version beendet 

yum nun ordnungsgemäß. 

Flash-Plugin Aktualisierung 

Das flash-plugin-Paket wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf die Version 10.0.12.36. Diese 

Aktualisierung wendet mehrere Sicherheitsfixes an, die in einer vorhergehenden flashplugin 

ASYNC Aktualisierung enthalten waren. Außerdem enthält dieses aktualisierte Plugin 

den Adobe Flash Player 10, der seinerseits folgende Bugfixes und Feature-Verbesserungen 

enthält: 

Verbesserte Stabilität auf der Linux Plattform durch die Beseitigung einer Race Condition in 

der Audio-Ausgabe. 

Neue Unterstützung für individuell angepasste Filter und Effekte, native 3D 

Transformationen und Animationen, erweiterte Audio Verarbeitung, eine neue, flexiblere 

Text Engine, und PGU Hardware Beschleunigung. 

Für weitere Informationen über diese Aktualisierung, lesen Sie bitte die Adobe Flash Player 

10 Release Notes unter dem folgenden Link: 

http://www.adobe.com/support/documentation/en/flashplayer/10/Flash_Player_10_Release_Notes.pdf 

gdb Aktualisierung 

gdb wurde nun grundlegend aktualisiert auf Version 6.8. Dies wendet mehrere Upstream 

Feature Aktualisierungen und Bugfixes an, insbesondere: Unterstützung für Haltepunkte in C++ 

Vorlagen, Konstruktoren und Inline-Funktionen. 

For more information on gdb updates applied in this release, refer to http://sourceware.org/cgibin/cvsweb.cgi/src/gdb/NEWS?rev=1.259.2.1&cvsroot=src. 

Instruction Based Sampling auf AMD Family10h Prozessoren 

Unterstützung von Hardwareprofilen für AMD Family 10h Prozessoren wurde zu Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 5.3 hinzugefügt. Diese neuen AMD CPU's unterstützen "Instruction Based 

Sampling" (IBS). IBS-Unterstützung erfordert Änderungen am oProfile-Treiber, damit diese 

Informationen gesammelt und die Model Specific Registers (MSRs) initialisiert werden, welche 

mit diesen neuen Features zusammenhängen. 

Diese Aktualisierung fügt die neuen IBS_FETCH und IBS_OP Profiling Samples zu den Puffern 

pro CPU sowie den Ereignispuffern des oProfile-Treibers hinzu. Neue Kontrolleinträge wurden 

ebenfalls hinzugefügt zu /dev/oprofile, um IBS Sampling zu steuern. Diese Änderungen 

sind rückwärtskompatibel mit vorhergehenden nur-PMC Versionen des Treibers, und ein 

separates Patch ist verfügbar für oProfile 0.9.3, um diese neuen Daten zu nutzen. 

Für mehr Informationen über IBS, werfen Sie bitte einen Blick auf: Instruction-Based Sampling: A 

New Performance Analysis Technique for AMD Family 10h Processors, November 19, 2007 

Squid Aktualisierung 

Squid wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf die letzte stabile Upstream Version (STABLE21). 

Diese Aktualisierung behebt mehrere Fehler, einschließlich: 

Das Skript squid init gab stets fälschlicherweise den Exit Code 0 aus. Dieser Fehler ist 

nun behoben, so dass Squid nun konform geht mit Linux Standard Base. 

Das Verwenden der refresh_stale_hit-Direktive führt zu der Fehlermeldung Clock

going backwards in der squid-Protokolldatei. 

Der squid Installationsprozess richtete den Besitzer des /usr/local/squid 

Verzeichnisses nicht korrekt ein. In dieser Version ist nun der Benutzer squid der 

standardmäßige Besitzer von /usr/local/squid. 

Jedesmal wenn squid versucht, die Funktion hash_lookup() zu verwenden, kann es ggf. 

abbrechen mit signal 6. 

Das Verwenden von squid_unix_group könnte squid zum Absturz bringen. 

Event Multi-Processing Model in Apache 

httpd, das Apache HTTP Server Paket, beinhaltet nun das experimentelle event Multi- 

Processing Model (MPM). Dieses MPM verbessert die Leistung, indem es beim Arbeiten mit 

Keepalive-Verbindungen fest zugeordnete Threads verwendet. 

Libgomp Aktualisierung 

libgomp wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf Version 4.3.2-7.el5. Diese Aktualisierung 

verbessert die OpenMP-Leistung und unterstützt zusätzlich die OpenMP Version 3.0 bei der 

Verwendung mit dem gcc43-Compiler. 

iSCSI-Ziel Fähigkeiten 

Die iSCSI-Ziel Fähigkeit, als Teil des Linux Target (tgt) Frameworks, geht über von 

Technologievorschau zu voller Unterstützung in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. Das Linux 

Target Framework ermöglicht einem System die Freigabe von Block-Level-SCSI- 

Speichergeräten für andere Systeme, die einen SCSI Initiator besitzen. Diese Fähigkeit wird als 

erstes als ein Linux-iSCSI-Ziel eingesetzt, so dass Speicher über ein Netzwerk für jeden 

beliebigen iSCSI-Initiator bereitgestellt wird. 

Um das iSCSI-Ziel einzurichten, installieren Sie das scsi-target-utils-RPM und befolgen die 

Anweisungen in: /usr/share/doc/scsi-target-utils-[version]/README und 

/usr/share/doc/scsi-target-utils-[version]/README.iscsi 

4. Driver Updates 

4 .1. All Architectures 

General Driver/Platform Updates 

Der Intel High Definition Audio Treiber in ALSA wurde aktualisiert. 

Die High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) Audio Unterstützung auf AMD ATI integrierten 

Chipsätzen wurde aktualisiert. 

Die folgenden Wacom Grafiktabletts werden jetzt durch den Treiber linuxwacom unterstützt: 

Cintiq 20WSX 

Intuos3 4x6 

Der Treiber lpfc für Emulex Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapter wurde aktualisiert auf Version 

8.2.0.33.2p. Dies wendet einige Upstream-Änderungen an, insbesondere: 

Der NETLINK_SCSITRANSPORT Socket wird nun verwendet. 

Nicht initialisierter Knoten-Zugriff behoben. 


Fehler behoben, der ein Scheitern des Echotests bei aktiviertem NPIV verursachte.


fcauthd 1.19 ist nun erforderlich für Fibre Channel Authentifikation. 

dm-multipath verfügt nun über Inbox-Unterstützung für IBM DS4000. 

Der Treiber ixgbe unterstützt nun den 82598AT Dual Port Adapter sowie den 82598 CX4 Adapter. 

der Treiber jsm wurde aktualisiert, und unterstützt nun Digi Neo PCI Express 4 HiProfile 

I/O Adapter. 

hp-ilo: Treiber hinzugefügt, unterstützt nun HP Integrated Lights Out (iLO) Technologie. 

Der Treiber radeon_tp wird in dieser Version nun vollständig unterstützt. Dieser Treiber 

unterstützt die ATI R500/R600 Chipsätze. 

Zusätzlich besitzt der Treiber die folgenden Fähigkeiten: 

Setzen des Modus auf R500/R600 Chipsätzen 

2D-Beschleunigung auf R500 Chipsätzen 

Shadow-Framebuffer-Beschleunigung auf R600 Chipsätzen 

Der Treiber powernow-k8 ist in dieser Version als ladbares Modul enthalten. Dadurch wird 

gewährleistet, dass vorhandene Treiber Frameworks (wie der Red Hat Driver Update Model und Dell 

DKMS) den Benutzern powernow-k8 Treiber-Aktualisierungen als RPM Pakete zur Verfügung 

stellen kann, ohne dass diese ihren Kernel aktualisieren müssen. 

In dieser Version fügt Red Hat wieder den Treiber pnm2ppa ein, um veraltete Drucker zu 

unterstützen. Beachten Sie jedoch, dass diese Unterstützung veraltet ist, und in zukünftigen 

Hauptversionen nicht fortgeführt werden wird. 

Der Treiber ccid wurde von Grund auf neu konzipiert, um zusätzlich USB Smartcard Tastaturen zu 

unterstützen. 

der Treiber uvcvideo für USB Video Geräte wurde in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 dem Kernel 

hinzugefügt. 

Network 

Der Treiber bnx2 für die Broadcom NetXtreme II Netzwerkkarten wurde aktualisiert auf Version 1.7.9. 

Dieses Update korrigiert die Optionen des Ethernet-Ringpuffers bei Kontrollern, welche bnx2 nutzen 

zur Behebung eines Bugs, der zu einem Panic beim Start führte. 

Der Treiber e1000e für Intel PRO/1000 Ethernet Geräte wurde aktualisiert auf die Upstream 

Version 0.3.3.3-k2. Durch diese Aktualisierung sind nun EEPROM und NVM von unterstützten 

Geräten schreibgeschützt. 

igb: Treiber für Intel Gigabit Ethernet Adapter wurde aktualisiert auf Version 1.2.45-k2, um nun auf 

82576 basierende Geräte zu unterstützen. 

der Treiber ixgbe für Intel(R) 10 Gigabit PCI Express Netzwerk Geräte wurde aktualisiert auf 

Version 1.3.18-k4. 

der Treiber niu wurde zu Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 hinzugefügt, und unterstützt nun 10Gbps 

Ethernet Geräte auf Sun CP3220 Systemen. 

Der Treiber ipw2100 und ipw2200 für Intel PRO Wireless Geräte wurde zurück portiert auf Red 

Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.25. 

der Treiber bcm43xx für Broadcom Wireless Geräte wurde zurück portiert auf Red Hat Enterprise 

Linux 5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.25. 

die Treiber Komponente ieee80211 für Wireless Geräte wurde zurück portiert auf Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.25. 

der Treiber zd1211rw für ZyDas Wireless Geräte wurde aktualisiert, so dass er der letzten nonmac80211 

Version von vor Linux 2.6.25 entspricht. 

der Treiber iwlwifi wurde aktualisiert auf Version 2.6.26 und bietet nun 802.11n Unterstützung für 

iwl4965 Wireless Geräte. Mehrere der in den Treibern der Versionen 2.6.26 und höher enthaltenen 

Bugfixes sind ebenfalls im zurück portierten Treiber enthalten. 

der Treiber myri10ge für Myricom Myri-10G Ethernet Geräte wurde aktualisiert auf die Version 

1.3.2-1.269.

der netxen-Treiber für NetXen Netzwerkkarten wurde aktualisiert auf Version 3.4.18. 

Der Treiber bnx2x für Broadcom Everest Netzwerkgerätewurde aktualisiert auf Version 1.45.23, um 

57711 Hardware zu unterstützen. 

der Treiber forcedeth-msi wurde aktualisiert, um einen Fehler zu beheben, der die korrekte 

Erkennung der Netzwerkverbindung verhinderte. 

der Treiber ath5k für Atheros Wireless Geräte wurde zurück portiert auf Red Hat Enterprise Linux 

5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.26. 

die Treiber rt2x00 für Ralink Wireless Geräte wurden zurück portiert auf Red Hat Enterprise Linux 

5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.26. 

die Treiber rtl8180 und rtl8187 für Realtek Wireless Geräte wurde zurück portiert auf Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.26. 

Storage 

3w-xxxx: Treiber für 3ware SATA RAID Kontroller aktualisiert auf Version 1.26.03. Dies führt zu 

einigen Upstream-Änderungen, insbesondere: 

Fehler behoben, der zu Datenverlust führte beim Benutzen einer 3ware Karte der 7000er oder 

8000er Serie in einem System mit mehr als 2GB RAM. 

Anaconda bleibt in 64-bit Architekturen nicht mehr hängen beim Benutzen einer 3ware Karte der 

8006er Serie in einem System mit mehr als 4GB RAM. 

Der irq Handler wird nun freigegeben, wenn __tw_shutdown() ausgeführt wird. Dies verhindert 

eine mögliche Nullzeiger-Dereferenz, falls ein Interrupt beim Herunterfahren gleichzeitig 

verwendet wurde. 

Das RCD-Bit zum zwischenspeichern der Mode Page ist nun aktiviert. 

ioctl- und scsi-Resets sind nun in serielle Reihenfolge gebracht, so dass sie nicht mehr 

miteinander kollidieren. 

3w-9xxx: Treiber für 3ware SATA RAID Kontroller aktualisiert auf Version 2.26.08. Dies führt zu 

mehreren Upstream-Änderungen, insbesondere: 

Der Aufruf pci_unmap_single() funktioniert nun fehlerfrei in Systemen mit mehr als 4GB RAM 

Fehler behoben, der langsame Schreibgeschwindigkeit verursachte. 

Die Einstellung in der DMA Maske kehrt zurück zu 32-bit, falls 64-bit scheitert. 

Zusätzliche Unterstützung für 3ware 9690SA SAS Controller Device. 

megaraid_sas: Treiber aktualisiert auf Version 4.01-rh1. Mehrere Bugfixes werden in diesem 

Update angewendet, einschließlich: 

MFI_POLL_TIMEOUT_SECS beträgt nun 60 Sekunden. 

Fehler behoben, der zum ständigen Zurücksetzen der Chips und zu Befehl-Timeouts führte 

aufgrund von Frame Count Calculation. 

Zusätzliche Unterstützung der LSI Generation 2 Controller (0078, 0079). 

Befehl zum Beenden von DCMD in der Beenden-Routine hinzugefügt, um das Beenden von 

Firmware zu verbessern. 

Fehler behoben, der unerwartete Interrupts verursachte im Hardware Linux Treiber. 

der Treiber qla2xxx für QLogic Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapter wurde aktualisiert, um Karten vom 

Typ ISP84XX zu unterstützen. 

der Treiber ibmvscsi zum Emulieren von virtuellen SCSI (vSCSI) Geräten wurde aktualisiert, und 

unterstützt nun virtuelle Bandgeräte. 

lpfc: Treiber aktualisiert auf Version 8.2.0.30. Dieses Update enthält mehrere Bugfixes und 

Verbesserungen, einschließlich: 

Verbessertes Enhanced Error Handling (EEH) für PCI Adapter in PowerPC Architekturen 

Größere Anzahl unterstützter virtueller NPIV Ports 

Verbesserte Treiberlogik zur Steuerung der I/O Queue-Tiefe 



Zusätzliche Unterstützung für Fibre Channel über Ethernet (FCoE) Adapter 

Booten vom SAN für neue Hardware wird nun unterstützt 

Der Treiber cciss für HP Smart Array Kontroller wurde aktualisiert auf Version 3.6.20-RH2. 

5. Kernel-Related Notes 


relayfs hatte bislang eine Größenbeschränkung des Puffers auf 64MB. In dieser Aktualisierung 

wurde die Beschränkung des Speichers, welcher dem relayfs für "on-memory" Puffer zugewiesen 

wird, auf 4095 MB erhöht. Dies erlaubt es SystemTap und anderen Tracing Tools, die relayfs 

verwenden, mehr Ereignisse zu verfolgen. 

Der Treiber für Dell Remote Access Controller 4 (DRAC4) war nicht vorhanden. 

Infolgedessen wurden jegliche virtuellen Geräte des DRAC4 nicht vom Kernel erkannt. In dieser 

Aktualisierung wurde nun das pata_sil680 Kernel-Modul hinzugefügt, welches die entsprechende 

Unterstützung bietet und damit das Problem behebt. 

Die Nachrichtenpuffer für die Relay-Schnittstelle wurden nur für bereits aktive CPUs zugewiesen, 

wenn relay_open() aufgerufen wurde. Wenn eine inaktive CPU erst aktiviert wurde, nachdem 

relay_open() bereits aufgerufen wurde, trat infolgedessen ein Kernel Panic auf. In dieser 

Aktualisierung wird ein neuer Nachrichtenpuffer dynamisch zugewiesen, falls neue CPUs 

hinzugefügt werden. 

Der Treiber für 8250 basierte serielle Ports wurde aktualisiert, um nun DSR/DTR Hardware 

Flusskontrolle zu unterstützen. 

Unterstützung für Dell Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN)-Karten wurde zum Kernel hinzugefügt. 

Folgende Geräte werden jetzt unterstützt: 

Dell Wireless 5700 Mobile Broadband CDMA/EVDO Mini-Card 

Dell Wireless 5500 Mobile Broadband HSDPA Mini-Card 

Dell Wireless 5505 Mobile Broadband HSDPA Mini-Card 

Dell Wireless 5700 Mobile Broadband CDMA/EVDO ExpressCard 

Dell Wireless 5510 Mobile Broadband HSDPA ExpressCard 



Dell Wireless 5720 

Dell Wireless HSDPA 5520 

Dell Wireless HSDPA 5520 

Dell Wireless 5520 Voda I Mobile Broadband (3G HSDPA) Mini-Card 

das thinkpad_acpi Kernel-Modul wurde aktualisiert, um erweiterte Unterstützung zu bieten für 

neuere Thinkpad Modelle. 

Der Soft Lockup Detektor kann dahingehend konfiguriert werden, dass ein Kernel Panic ausgelöst 

wird statt einer Warnmeldung. Dies ermöglicht es dem Benutzer, im Falle eines Soft Lockups einen 

Crash Speicherauszug zu erstellen und zwecks Fehlersuche zu analysieren. 

Um den Soft Lockup Detektor für die Auslösung eines Kernel Panics zu konfigurieren, setzen Sie den 

Kernel Parameter soft_lockup auf 1. Dieser Parameter ist standardmäßig eingestellt auf 0. 

oprofile erkannte Prozessoren nicht korrekt, welche auf der Next-Generation Intel 

Microarchitektur (Nehalem) basieren. Infolgedessen konnte der Systemmonitor nicht verwendet 

werden, und der Prozessor griff zurück auf den Timer Interrupt. Der Kernel wurde nun aktualisiert, 

um dieses Problem zu beheben. 

Dem Kernel wurde Unterstützung hinzugefügt für den CPU Power State, C3, auf den Next- 

Generation Intel Microarchitekturen (Nehalem). Die Möglichkeit, in den C3-Modus einzutreten (auch 

bekannt als Schlafmodus), verbessert die Energieeffizienz des CPUs im Leerlauf. 

Previously, the MAX_ARG_PAGES limit that is set in the kernel was too low, and may have resulted in

the following error: 

execve: Argument list too long 

In this update, this limit has been increased to 25 percent of the stack size, which resolves this 

issue. 

autofs4 Aktualisierungen wurden zurück portiert auf Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 von der Linux 

Kernel Version 2.6.27. 

Mit Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 besteht nun die Möglichkeit, Speicherauszugdateien an ein 

abgezweigtes Exemplar einer User Space-Applikation umzuleiten. Dies wird aktiviert, indem 

|path/to/applicationin /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern platziert wird. Bei einem 

Speicherauszug wird eine Kopie der angegebenen Anwendung ausgeführt, und der Speicherauszug 

wird umgeleitet nach "stdin". Dies ermöglicht das Umleiten an ein verzweigtes Exemplar. 

Die Datei /proc/cpuinfo zeigt nun die ID des Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controllers 

(APIC) an, der von jedem einzelnen CPU verwendet wird. 

Das Machine Check Exception (MCE) Kernel Subsystem wurde verbessert, um die für neuere 

Systeme notwendigen, größeren Speicher-Konfigurationen zu unterstützen. 

Der Mount-Befehl unterstützt nun die Kerberos Authentifizierung beim Anhängen eines Dateisystems 

via Samba. Der sec=krb5 oder sec=krb5i Schalter erlaubt es dem Kernel, eine User Space 

Anwendung aufzurufen (cifs.upcall), welche ein "SPNEGO" (Simple and Protected GSSAPI 

Negotiation Mechanism) Sicherheits-"Blob" (Binary Large OBject) ausgibt. Der Kernel kann das BLOB 

zur Authentifikation beim Server verwenden, und das entsprechende Dateisystem einhängen. 

Falls Sie den Kernel Parameter kernel.unknown_nmi_panic auf einem System konfiguriert 

haben, welches die IOAPIC NMI Watchdog Methode verwendet, könnte ein Kernel Panic auftreten. 

Das rührt daher, dass der NMI Watchdog die Ursache des nicht-maskierbaren Hardwareinterrupts 

(NMI) nicht sicher deaktivieren konnte. 

In dieser Version wurde der NMI Watchdog Code dahingehend überarbeitet, so dass es Benutzern 

nun möglich ist, die Ursache des NMIs sicher zu deaktivieren. Daher können Sie nun bedenkenlos 

den Kernel Parameter kernel.unknown_nmi_panic konfigurieren auf Systemen, welche die 

IOAPIC NMI Watchdog Methode verwenden. 


Der powernowk8-Treiber führte keine ausreichende Prüfung der Anzahl der aktiven CPUs durch. 

Infolgedessen wurde ggf. eine Kernel-Fehlermeldung "oops" beim Start des Treibers ausgegeben. In 

dieser Aktualisierung stellt der powernowk8-Treiber sicher, dass die Anzahl der unterstützten 

CPUs (supported_cpus) der Anzahl der aktiven CPUs (num_online_cpus) entspricht. Dieser 

Fehler ist damit behoben. 

5.3. PowerPC Architectures 

CPUFreq, das Kernel Subsystem, welches CPU-Frequenz und -Spannung skaliert, wurde 

aktualisiert mit verbesserter Unterstützung von Zell Prozessoren. Diese Aktualisierung implementiert 

einen CPUFreq-Governor, der eine Synergistic Processing Unit (SPU) beherrscht, und damit die 

Energieverwaltung der Zell Prozessoren verbessert. 

Error Detection and Correction (EDAC) wird nun unterstützt auf der Cell Broadband Engine 

Architektur in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. Um EDAC zu aktivieren, verwenden Sie folgenden Befehl: 

modprobe cell_edac 

Um zu kontrollieren, ob dieses Modul Ihrem laufenden Kernel hinzugefügt wurde, überprüfen Sie 

check /var/log/dmesg auf eine Ausgabe wie die Folgende: 

EDAC MC: Ver: 2.0.1 Oct 4 2008 

EDAC MC0: Giving out device to cell_edac MIC: DEV cbe-mic 

EDAC MC1: Giving out device to cell_edac MIC: DEV cbe-mic 



Falls korrigierbare Speicherfehler gefunden werden, wird die folgende Mitteilung auf der Konsole 

ausgegeben: 

EDAC MC0: CE page 0xeff, offset 0x5700, grain 0, syndrome 0x51, row 0, channel 

0, label "": 

Das Debugging mit Hardware Watchpoints unter Verwendung einer Variablen, welche gemeinsam 

benutzt wurde von mehreren Threads, führte beim GNU Debugger (GDB) dazu, dass unregelmäßig 

Trigger-Ereignisse ausgelassen wurden. Der Kernel wurde aktualisiert, so dass GDB nun lückenlos 

die Watchpoint-Trigger empfängt, wodurch die Zuverlässigkeit des Debuggings verbessert wurde. 

5.4 . x86_64 Architectures 

kprobe-booster wird nun auf ia64 und x86_64 Architekturen unterstützt, was dem Benutzer 

erlaubt, Kernel Ereignisse sehr viel schneller zu überprüfen. Dieses Feature verringert außerdem 

den durch Überprüfungstools (d.h. SystemTap und Kprobes) verursachten Overhead auf Servern, 

die auf 64-bit Architekturen laufen. 

Unterstützung für die Objekte _PTC (Processor Throttling Control), _TSS (Throttling Supported 

States) und _TPC (Throttling Present Capabilities) wurde dem Kernel hinzugefügt. Diese 

Unterstützung, die Teil ist der Advance Configuration and Power Interface specification (ACPI), bietet 

verbesserte Handhabung des Prozessor Throttlings. 


In zipl.conf, parameters enclosed with double quotes inside of single quotes (ie 

parameters='vmhalt="LOGOFF"') were being parsed incorrectly. Consequently, installing the 

kernel-kdump package may have failed, resulting in the error: 

grubby fatal error: unable to find a suitable template 

To resolve this issue, parameters should be enclosed with single quotes inside of double quotes (ie 

parameters="vmhalt='LOGOFF'") 

Anmerkung 

Die Syntax-Struktur von einfachen Anführungszeichen innerhalb von doppelten 

Anführungszeichen ist Standard in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. 


Der Dual-Core Intel Itanium 2 Prozessor schrieb die Machine Check Architecture (MCA) Einträge 

anders als vorhergehende Intel Itanium Prozessoren. Die Ziel-Identifier zur Überprüfung des 

Zwischenspeichers und des Bus können nun unter Umständen anders sein. Der Kernel wurde 

aktualisiert, um den richtigen Ziel-Identifier zu finden. 

kprobe-booster wird nun auf ia64 und x86_64 Architekturen unterstützt, was dem Benutzer 

erlaubt, Kernel Ereignisse sehr viel schneller zu überprüfen. Dieses Feature verringert außerdem 

den durch Überprüfungstools (d.h. SystemTap und Kprobes) verursachten Overhead auf Servern, 

die auf 64-bit Architekturen laufen. 

In dieser Aktualisierung wurde Unterstützung von pselect() und ppoll() Systemaufrufen dem 

Kernel hinzugefügt. 

6. Virtualization 

This section contains information about updates made to Red Hat Enterprise Linux suite of Virtualization 

tools.


Das blktap (blocktap) Userspace-Toolkit wurde aktualisiert und bietet die Funktionalität zur 

Beobachtung der Transferstatistiken von durch blktap gestützten virtualisierten Gästen. 

Support für das Intel Extended Page Table (EPT) Feature wurde hinzugefügt, wodurch die 

Performance vollständig virtualisierter Gäste auf EPT unterstützender Hardware verbessert wurde. 

Die e1000-Netzwerkgerätemulation wurde diesem Update hinzugefügt, die nur Windows 2003 

Gäste auf der ia64 Architektur unterstützt. Zur Verwendung der e1000 Emulation, muss der xm- 

Befehl verwendet werden. 

Treiber für virtio, die Plattform für I/O-Virtualisierung in KVM, wurden zu Red Hat Enterprise Linux 

5.3 von Linux Kernel 2.6.27 backportiert. Diese Treiber ermöglichen es KVM-Gästen, eine höhere 

Ebene von I/O-Performance zu erreichen. Verschiedene Userspace-Komponenten wie: anaconda, 

kudzu, lvm, selinux und mkinitrd wurden ebenfalls aktualisiert, um Support für virtio Geräte zu 

liefern. 

Der native Linux Kernel unterstützt vmcoreinfo automatisch, um aber kdump in dom0-Domains zu 

erstellen, wurde das kernel-xen-debuginfo-Paket benötigt. In dieser Release wurden Kernel 

und Hypervisor bearbeitet und unterstützen jetzt vmcoreinfo Reading und kdump Writing. Benutzer, 

die kdump zum Debugging oder anderen Nachforschungen auf dom0-Domains benötigen können 

dies jetzt ohne debuginfo oder debuginfo-common-Pakete tun. 

Bei vollständig virtualisierte Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Gäste hatten keine optimale Performance bei 

der Verwendung von emulierten Disk und Netzwerkgeräten. Dieses Update enthält das kmod-xenpv- 

Paket zur Vereinfachung der Verwendung paravirtualisierter Disks und Netzwerke in vollständig 

virtualisierten Gästen. 

Die Verwendung dieser Treiber bei vollständig virtualiserten Gästen kann die Performance und 

Funktionalität signifikant verbessern. Für Netfront- und Blockfront-Treiber vorgenommene 

Fehlerbehebungen werden sofort realisiert und mit dem Kernelpaket synchronisiert. 

Gäste haben jetzt die Möglichkeit auf die 2MB Backing Page Speichertabellen zuzugreifen, die die 

Performance des Systems verbessern. 


6.2.1. All Architectures 

Das Abschalten eines paravirtualisierten Gastes konnte dazu führen, dass dom0 für eine bestimmte 

Zeit nicht mehr reagierte. Es kam zu einem Zeitverzug von mehreren Sekunden bei Gästen mit viel 

Speicherauslastung (d.h. 12GB und darüber). In diesem Update gestattet der virtualisierte Kernel die 

Abschaltung eines großen eines paravirtualisierten Gastes entziehbar (preemptible) zu sein, 

wodurch dieses Problem gelöst wird. 

crash was unable to read the relocation address of the hypervisor from a vmcore file. Consequently, 

opening a Virtualized kernel vmcore file with crash would fail, resulting in the error: 

crash: cannot resolve "idle_pg_table_4" 


In this update, the hypervisor now saves the address correctly, which resolves this issue. 

Paravirtualisierte Gäste konnten ehemals maximal 16 Geräte besitzen. In diesem Update wurde das 

Maximum auf 256 Disk-Geräte erhöht. 

Für den kdump-Kernel reservierter Speicher war inkorrekt, wodurch es zu unbrauchbaren Crash- 

Dumps kam. In diesem Update ist die Speicherreservierung korrekt, so dass korrekte Crash-Dumps 

generiert werden. 

Das Anhängen einer Disk mit einem bestimmten Namen (d.h. /dev/xvdaa, /dev/xvdab, 

/dev/xvdbc usw.) an einen paravirtualisierten Gast führte zu einem korrumpierten /dev-Gerät 

innerhalb des Gastes. Dieses Update löst dieses Problem, so dass das Anhängen von Disks mit 

diesen Namen an einen paravirtualisierten Gast ein ordnungsgemäßes /dev-Gerät innerhalb des 

Gastes erstellt.


Die Anzahl der Loopback-Geräte war ehemals auf 4 beschränkt. In folge war der Bau von Brücken 

auf Systemen mit mehr als 4 Netzwerk-Interfaces eingeschränkt. In diesem Update erstellt der 

netloop-Treiber jetzt wie benötigt zusätzliche Loopback-Geräte. 

Beim Erstellen und Auflösen von Netzwerkgeräten kam es zu einer Wettlaufsituation. In einigen 

Fällen — insbesondere bei hoher Auslastung — führte dies dazu, dass das virtuelle Gerät nicht 

antwortete. In diesem Update wird der Status des virtuellen Geräts geprüft, so dass das Auftreten 

einer Wettlaufsituation verhindert wird. 

Es kam zu einem Speicherleck in virt-manager, wenn die Anwendung laufen gelassen wurde. In 

Folge verbrauchte die Anwendung mehr Ressourcen, was zu einem dramatischen Speicherverlust 

führen konnte. In diesem Update wurde das Speicherleck behoben und dieses Problem gelöst. 

the crash utility could not analyze x86_64 vmcores from systems running kernel-xen because 

the Red Hat Enterprise Linux hypervisor was relocatable and the relocated physical base address is 

not passed in the vmcore file's ELF header. The new --xen_phys_start command line option for 

the crash utility allows the user to pass crash the relocated base physical address. 

Nicht alles Mausereignisse wurden durch Paravirtual Frame Buffer (PVFB) festgehalten 

und verarbeitet. Das Scroll-Rädchen funktionierte daher nicht bei der Interaktion mit einem 

paravirtualisierten Gast mit der Virtual Machine Console. In diesem Update ist dieses Problem 

behoben. 

Die Verwendung von Virtualisierung mit einer großen Anzahl von CPUs konnte zum Absturz des 

Hypervisor während der Gastinstallation führen. In diesem Update wurde das Problem behoben. 

Bei Intel Prozessoren, die einen CPUID Family-Value von 6 widergeben, war nur ein Performance- 

Counter-Register in kernel-xen aktiviert. Deshalb lieferte nur Counter 0 Samples. In diesem 

Update wurde dieses Problem behoben. 

6.2.2. x86 Architectures 

On systems with newer CPU's, the CPU APIC ID differs from the CPU ID. Consequently, the 

virtualized kernel was unable to initialize CPU frequency scaling. In this update, the virtualized kernel 

now retrieves CPU APIC ID from the hypervisor, allowing CPU frequency scaling to be initialized 

properly. 

Lief ein x86 paravirtualisierter Gast und ein Vorgang griff auf ungültigen Speicher zu, so lief ein Loop 

statt das ein SEGV-Signal eingeholt wurde. Dies führte zu einem Fehler bei der Überprüfung der 

execshield unter dem Hypervisor. In diesem Update wurde das Problem behoben. 

6.2.3. ia64 Architecture 

A xend bug that previously caused guest installation failures is now fixed. 

Beim evtchn-Ereignis Kanalgerät (Event Channel Device) fehlten Sperren und Speicherbarrieren. 

Dies führte dazu, dass xenstore nicht mehr reagierte. In diesem Update wurde das Problem 

behoben. 

Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) Informationen wurden nicht mit dem xm info-Befehl 

angezeigt. In Folge wurde der node_to_cpu-Wert für jeden Node inkorrekt als no cpus 

widergegeben. In diesem Update wurde das Problem behoben. 

Das Erstellen eines Gastes auf einer Hardware Virtual Machine (HVM) schlug ehemals bei VT-i2 

Technologie verwendenden Prozessoren fehl. Mit diesem Update ist dieses Problem behoben. 

6.2.4 . x86_64 Architectures 

Waren die für virtuelle Maschinen von Gästen verfügbaren Dynamic IRQs ausgeschöpft, so crashte 

der dom0-Kernel. In diesem Update wurde das Problem behoben, und die ANzahl verfügbarer IRQs 

wurde erhöht. 

On systems with newer CPU's, the CPU APIC ID differs from the CPU ID. Consequently, the 

virtualized kernel was unable to initialize CPU frequency scaling. In this update, the virtualized kernel 

now retrieves CPU APIC ID from the hypervisor, allowing CPU frequency scaling to be initialized 

properly.


6.3.1. All Architectures 

Auf Medien im Diskettenlaufwerk kann bei Verwendung des virtualisierten Kernels nicht zugegriffen 

werden. Um dieses Problem zu umgehen, verwenden Sie ein USB-angehängtes Diskettenlaufwerk. 

Medien im Diskettenlaufwerk funktionieren problemlos mit anderen nicht-virtualisierten Kernels. 

In live migrations of paravirtualized guests, time-dependent guest processes may function improperly 

if the corresponding hosts' (dom0) times are not synchronized. Use NTP to synchronize system 

times for all corresponding hosts before migration. 

Wird ein paravirtualisierter Gast wiederholt zwischen zwei Hosts migriert, kann ein Host ggf. mit 

einem Panic abstürzen. Wird ein Host neu gebootet, nachdem ein Gast aus dem System heraus 

migriert wurde und bevor er erneut auf denselben Gast migriert wird, tritt dieser Panic nicht auf. 

Das Formattieren einer Disk als Gast während Windows 2008 oder Windows Vista läuft kann zum 

Absturz führen, wenn der Gast mit mehreren virtuellen CPUs gebootet hat. Um dies zu vermeiden, 

booten Sie den Gast beim Formattieren mit einer einzelnen virtuellen CPU. 

Vollständig virtualisierte und durch virt-manager erstellte Gäste hindern die Maus manchmal 

daran sich frei über den Bildschirm hinweg zu bewegen. Verwenden Sie virt-manager um dies zu 

umgehen und eine USB Tablet-Gerät für den Gast zu konfigurieren. 

Die maximalen CPUs müssen auf weniger als 128 beschränkt werden, wenn auf einem 128 oder 

größeren CPU-System. Das derzeit unterstützte Maximum liegt bei 126. Verwenden Sie das 

maxcpus=126-Hypervisor Argument, um den Hypervisor auf 126 zu beschränken. 

Vollständig virtualisierte Gäste können durch Domain pause/unpause bedingte Zeitverluste nicht 

korrigieren. Es gehört zu den Vorteilen paravirtualisierter Kernels, dass die Zeit bei pause/unpause 

Vorgängen verfolgt werden kann. Dieses Problem wird Upstream mit ersetzbaren Timern 

angesprochen, so dass vollständig virtualisierte Gäste paravirtualisierte Timer besitzen. Zum 

derzeitigen Zeitpunkt befindet sich dieser Code in Entwicklung Upstream und sollte in späteren 

Versionen von Red Hat Enterprise Linux verfügbar sein. 

Wiederholte Migration paravirtualisierter Gäste kann zu bad mpa-Meldungen auf der dom0-Konsole 

führen. In einigen Fällen kann es auch zu einer Panik des Hypervisors kommen. 

Um eine Hypervisor Kernel-Panik zu vermeiden, starten Sie die migrierten Gäste nachdem die 

negativen mpa-Nachrichten erscheinen erneut. 

Beim Einstellen des Interface-Bonding auf dom0 kann es vorkommen, dass das Standard networkbridge-Skript 

dazu führt, dass Netzwerk-Interfaces aletrnierend zwischen unavailable und 

available wechseln. Dieser Vorgang wird als flapping bezeichnet. 

Um dem vorzubeugen ersetzen Sie die standardmäßige network-script-Zeile in 

/etc/xen/xend-config.sxp durch folgende Zeile: 

(network-script network-bridge-bonding netdev=bond0) 

Hierdurch wird das netloop-Gerät deaktiviert, wodurch verhindert wird, dass das Address Resolution 

Protocol (ARP) Monitoring während des Adressentransfervorgangs (address transfer process) 

fehlschlägt. 

When running multiple guest domains, guest networking may temporarily stop working, resulting in 

the following error being reported in the dom0 logs: 

Memory squeeze in netback driver 

To work around this, raise the amount of memory available to the dom0 with the dom0_mem 

hypervisor command line option. 

6.3.2. x86 Architectures 



Migrating paravirtualized guests through xm migrate [domain] [dom0 IP address] does not 

work. 

When installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 on a fully virtualized SMP guest, the installation may 

freeze. This can occur when the host (dom0) is running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2. 

Stellen Sie den Gast so ein, dass er nur einen Prozessor während der Installation verwendet. Dies 

können Sie mit der Option --vcpus=1 in virt-install tun. Sobald die Installation abgeschlossen 

ist, können Sie den Gast auf SMP setzen, indem Sie die zugewiesenen vcpus in virt-manager 

anpassen. 

6.3.3. x86_64 Architectures 


work. 

Installing the Virtualization feature may cause a time went backwards warning on HP systems 

with model numbers xw9300 and xw9400. 

Um dieses Problem auf xw9400-Maschinen zu umgehen, aktivieren Sie in den BIOS-Einstellungen 

den HPET-Timer. Beachten Sie, dass diese Option für xw9300-Maschinen nicht zur Verfügung steht. 

Installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.9 on a fully virtualized guest may be extremely slow. In addition, 

booting up the guest after installation may result in hda: lost interrupt errors. 

Um diesen Bootup-Fehler zu vermeiden, konfigurieren Sie den Gast so, dass er den SMP-Kernel 

verwendet. 

Upgrading a host (dom0) system to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 may render existing Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 4.5 SMP paravirtualized guests unbootable. This is more likely to occur when the 

host system has more than 4GB of RAM. 

Booten Sie als provisorische Lösung jeden Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5 Gast in Single-CPU-Modus 

und aktualisieren dessen Kernel auf die aktuellste Version (für Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5.z). 

6.3.4 . ia64 Architecture 


work. 

On some Itanium systems configured for console output to VGA, the dom0 virtualized kernel may fail 

to boot. This is because the virtualized kernel failed to properly detect the default console device 

from the Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) settings. 

Falls dies auftritt, können Sie, um dies zu umgehen, den Boot-Parameter console=tty zu den 

Kernel-Boot-Optionen in /boot/efi/elilo.conf hinzufügen. 

On some Itanium systems (such as the Hitachi Cold Fusion 3e), the serial port cannot be detected in 

dom0 when VGA is enabled by the EFI Maintenance Manager. As such, you need to supply the 

following serial port information to the dom0 kernel: 

Geschwindigkeit in Bits/Sekunde 

Anzahl der Daten-Bits 

Parität 

io_base-Adresse 

Diese Details müssen in der Zeile append= des dom0-Kernels in /boot/efi/elilo.conf 

angegeben werden. Zum Beispiel: 

append="com1=19200,8n1,0x3f8 -- quiet rhgb console=tty0 

console=ttyS0,19200n8" 

In diesem Beispiel ist com1 der serielle Port, 19200 die Geschwindigkeit (in Bits/Sekunde), 8n1 gibt 

die Einstellungen bezüglich der Anzahl der Daten-Bits/Parität an und 0x3f8 ist die io_base- 

Adresse. 

Virtualization does not work on some architectures that use Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA). 

As such, installing the virtualized kernel on systems that use NUMA will result in a boot failure.

Einige Installationsnummern installieren den virtualisierten Kernel standardmäßig. Falls Sie eine 

solche Installationsnummer besitzen und Ihr System NUMA verwendet und nicht mit kernel-xen 

arbeitet, wählen Sie die Virtualisierungsoption während der Installation nicht aus. 

Currently, live migration of fully virtualized guests is not supported on this architecture. In addition, 

kexec and kdump are also not supported for virtualization on this architecture. 

7. Technology Previews 

Technology Preview features are currently not supported under Red Hat Enterprise Linux subscription 

services, may not be functionally complete, and are generally not suitable for production use. However, 

these features are included as a customer convenience and to provide the feature with wider exposure. 

Customers may find these features useful in a non-production environment. Customers are also free to 

provide feedback and functionality suggestions for a Technology Preview feature before it becomes fully 

supported. Erratas will be provided for high-severity security issues. 

During the development of a Technology Preview feature, additional components may become available 

to the public for testing. It is the intention of Red Hat to fully support Technology Preview features in a 

future release. 

ALUA-Modus auf EMC Clariion 

ext4 

Der explizite aktiv-passiv Failover-Modus (ALUA) unter Verwendung von dm-multipath auf 

EMC Clariion Speichergeräten wird nun unterstützt. Dieser Modus wird als T10-Spezifikation 

zur Verfügung gestellt, jedoch nur als eine Technologievorschau in diesem Release. 

For more information about T10, refer to http://www.t10.org. 

Die neueste Generation des ext-Dateisystems ext4 ist in dieser Release als 

Technologievorschau verfügbar. Ext4 ist eine schrittweise Verbesserung des von Red Hat 

und der Linux Community entwickelten ext3-Dateisystems. Der Release-Name des 

Dateisystems für die Technologievorschau lautet ext4dev. 

Das Dateisystem wird durch das ext4dev.ko-Kernelmodul und ein neues e4fsprogs-Paket, 

das aktualisierte Versionen der bekannten e2fsprogs Administrationstools zur Verwendung mit 

ext4 enthält, bereitgestellt. Um dies zu verwenden, installieren Sie e4fsprogs und verwenden 

Sie dann Befehle wie mkfs.ext4dev aus dem e4fsprogs-Programm zur Erstellung eines 

ext4-base Dateisystems. Beim Bezug auf das Dateisystem bei einer Einhänge-Befehlszeile 

oder fstab-Datei verwenden Sie den Dateisystemnamen ext4dev. 

FreeIPMI 

FreeIPMI ist nun als Technologievorschau Bestandteil dieser Aktualisierung. FreeIPMI ist eine 

Sammlung von Intelligent Platform Management IPMI System-Software. Es bietet In-Band- und 

Out-Of-Band-Software, parallel zur Entwicklungsbibliothek, die mit den Intelligent Platform 

Management Interface (IPMI v1.5 and v2.0) Standards übereinstimmt. 

For more information about FreeIPMI, refer to http://www.gnu.org/software/freeipmi/ 

TrouSerS und tpm-tools 


TrouSerS und tpm-tools sind in diesem Release enthalten, um die Verwendung von Trusted 

Platform Module (TPM) Hardware zu ermöglichen. TPM-Hardware-Features umfassen (neben 

anderen):


Sicheres Erstellen, Speichern und Verwenden von RSA-Schlüsseln (ohne dass diese im 

Speicher dargelegt werden) 

Verifizierung des Software-Status einer Plattform unter Verwendung kryptografischer 

Hashes 

TrouSerS ist eine Implementierung der Trusted Computing Group's Software Stack (TSS) 

Specification. Sie können TrouSerS dazu verwenden, Applikationen zu schreiben, die TPM- 

Hardware nutyen. tpm-tools ist ein Satz von Tools zur Verwaltung und Nutzung von TPM- 

Hardware. 

For more information about TrouSerS, refer to http://trousers.sourceforge.net/. 

eCryptfs 

eCryptfs ist ein gestapeltes kryptografisches Dateisystem für Linux. Es wird in individuellen 

Verzeichnissen in bereits eingehängten, untergeordneten Dateisystemen wie EXT3 eingehängt. 

Die vorhandenen Partitionen oder Dateisysteme müssen nicht geändert werden, um mit der 

Verwendung von eCryptfs zu beginnen. 

Mit dieser Release basiert eCryptfs nun auf Upstream Version 56, die mehrere 

Fehlerbehebungen und Verbesserungen bietet. Au-erdem liefert dieses Update ein grafisches 

Programm, das bei der Konfiguration von eCryptfs (ecryptfs-mount-helper-gui) hilft. 

Dieses Update ändert auch die Syntax bestimmter eCryptfs/Einhängeoptionen. Falls Sie sich 

dafür entscheiden, dies zu dieser Version von eCryptfs zu aktualisieren, so sollten Sie alle 

betroffenen Einhängeskripte und /etc/fstab-Einträge aktualisieren. Informationen zu diesen 

Änderungen finden Sie unter man ecryptfs. 

Folgende Warnhinweise gelten für diese Release von eCryptfs: 

Beachten Sie, dass das eCryptfsDateisystem nur dann ordnungsgemäß funktioniert, wenn 

das verschlüsselte Dateisystem einmal über dem zugrunde liegenden Verzeichnis gleichen 

Namens eingehängt ist. Zum Beispiel: 

mount -t ecryptfs /mnt/secret /mnt/secret 

Der gesicherte Teil des Dateisystems sollte nicht offengelegt sein, d.h. nicht an anderen 

Einhängepunkten (Mount Points), Einbindepunkten (Bind Points) u.ä. eingehängt sein. 

eCryptfs hängt an genetzwerkten Dateisystemen ein (z.B. NFS, Samba), funktioniert nicht 

ordnungsgemäß. 

Diese Version des eCryptfs-Kerneltreibers benötigt aktualisierten Userspace, der durch 

ecryptfs-utils-56-4.el5 oder neuer bereitgestellt wird. 

For more information about eCryptfs, refer to http://ecryptfs.sf.net. You can also refer to 

http://ecryptfs.sourceforge.net/README and http://ecryptfs.sourceforge.net/ecryptfs-faq.html for 

basic setup information. 

Stateless-Linux 

Stateless-Linux ist eine neue Denkweise, wie ein System betrieben und verwaltet werden soll. 

Es ist dafür gedacht, die Versorgung und das Management einer großen Anzahl von Systemen 

zu vereinfachen, indem diese leicht austauschbar sind. Dies wird in erster Linie durch die 

Herstellung präparierter System-Images erreicht, die repliziert und über eine große Anzahl von 

zustandlosen (stateless) Systemen mit einem Betriebssystem in einem read-only-Status 

hinweg verwaltet werden (bitte werfen Sie einen Blick auf /etc/sysconfig/readonly-root 

für weitere Einzelheiten).

AIGLX 

In diesem derzeitigen Entwicklungsstatus sind die Stateless-Features eine Teilmenge der 

beabsichtigten Ziele. Als solche ist ihre Tauglichkeit derzeit als "Technologievorschau"-Status 

gekennzeichnet. 

Interessenten für das Testen von zustandlosem (stateless) Code, wird dringend empfohlen, die 

HOWTOs unter http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/StatelessLinux/HOWTO zu lesen und Mitglied der 

Liste stateless-list@redhat.com zu werden. 

Die ersten Bestandteile, die Stateless Linux ermöglichten, wurden ursprünglich in Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 5 eingeführt. 

AIGLX ist ein Technologievorschau-Feature des ansonsten komplett unterstützten X-Servers. 

Es hat die Absicht, GL-beschleunigte Effekte auf einem Standard-Desktop zu aktivieren. Das 

Projekt besteht aus den folgenden Komponenten: 

Ein geringfügig modifizierter X-Server. 

Ein aktualisiertes Mesa-Paket, das Support für neue Protokolle hinzufügt. 

Wenn Sie diese Komponenten installieren, können Sie GL-beschleunigte Effekte auf Ihrem 

Desktop mit sehr wenigen Änderungen nutzen. Weiterhin haben Sie die Möglichkeit, diese nach 

Belieben zu aktivieren, bzw. zu deaktivieren, ohne den X-Server zu ersetzen. AIGLX ermöglicht 

es außerdem Remote-GLX-Anwendungen, die Vorteile von Hardware-GLX-Beschleunigung zu 

nutzen. 

FireWire 

ktune 

Das Modul firewire-sbp2 wird im Rahmen dieser Aktualisierung weiterhin als 

Technologievorschau eingebunden. Dieses Modul ermöglicht die Verbindung mit FireWire 

Speichergeräten und Scannern. 

Derzeit unterstützt FireWire Folgendes nicht: 

IPv4 

pcilynx Host-Kontroller 

multi-LUN Speichergeräte 

Nicht-exklusiver Zugriff auf Speichergeräte 


Zusätzlich bestehen die folgenden Probleme in dieser Version von FireWire weiterhin: 

ein Speicherleck im SBP2-Treiber kann dazu führen, dass die Maschine nicht mehr 

antwortet. 

ein Code in dieser Version funktioniert nicht ordnungsgemäß auf "big-endian"-Maschinen. 

Dies kann zu unerwartetem Verhalten auf PowerPCs führen. 

Diese Release enthält ktune (aus dem ktune-Paket), einen Dienst, der mehrere Kernel- 

Feinabstimmungsparameter auf für bestimmte Systemprofile passende Werte setzt. Derzeit 

bietet ktune nur ein Profil für Großspeicher-Systeme, die Disk- und Netzwerk-intensive 

Anwendungen ausführen. 

Die durch ktune gelieferten Einstellungen setzen diejenigen in /etc/sysctl.conf oder 

durch die Kernel-Befehlszeile nicht außer Kraft. ktune ist möglicherweise für einige Systeme 

und Arbeitsbelastungen nicht geeignet; testen Sie dies ausgiebig ehe Sie es in der Produktion 

deployen.


Sie können jeden Konfigurationsatz durch ktune deaktivieren und zu Ihren regulären 

Einstellungen zurückkehren, indem Sie einfach den ktune-Dienst mittels service ktune 

stop (als Root) stoppen. 

SGPIO Support für dmraid 

Serial General Purpose Input Output (SGPIO) ist eine dem Industriestandard entsprechende 

Kommunikationsmethode, die zwischen einer Hauptplatine (Main Board) und verschiedenen 

internen und externen Bay Enclosures der Hard Disc Anwendung findet. Diese Methode kann 

zur Steuerung von LED-Lichtern an einer Enclosure durch das AHCI Treiber-Interface 

verwendet werden. 

In dieser Release ist SGPIO-Support in dmraid als Technologievorschau enthalten. Dies 

gestattet es dmraid ordnungsgemäß mit Disk Enclosures zu funktionieren. 

GCC 4 .3 

Die Gnu Compiler Collection version 4.3 (GCC4.3) ist jetzt in dieser Release als eine 

Technologievorschau enthalten. Diese Sammlung von Compilern enthält C, C++ und Fortran 95 

Compiler sowie Support-Bibliotheken. 

Beachten Sie, dass in den gcc43-Paketen der Standard für die gnu89-inline-Option zu - 

fgnu89-inline geändert wurde, wobei Upstream und zukünftige Aktualisierungen von Red 

Hat Enterprise Linux 5 standardmäßig -fno-gnu89-inline sein werden. Dies ist notwendig, 

weil viele als Teil von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 vertriebenen Header GNU in-line Semantik 

statt ISO C99 Semantik erwarten. Diese Headers wurden nicht angepasst, um GNU in-line 

Semantik durch Attribute anzufordern. 

Kernel Tracepoint Facility 

In diesem Update wurde ein neuer Kernel Marker/Tracepoint Facility als Technologievorschau 

implementiert. Dieses Interface fügt dem Kernel statische Testpunkte zur Verwendung mit 

Tools wie etwa SystemTap hinzu. 

Device Failure Monitoring von RAID Sets 

Device Failure Monitoring unter Verwendung der Tools dmraid und dmevent_tool sind in Red 

Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 als Technologievorschau enthalten. Dies ermöglicht die Beobachtung 

und Meldung von Gerätefehlfunktionen auf Gerätekomponenten von RAID Sets. 

8. Resolved Issues 


Die Daten für Aktivitätsberichte des TTY-Geräts wurden nicht ordnungsgemäß generiert. Der sar - 

y-Befehl schlug daher fehl und meldete den folgenden Fehler: 

Requested activities not available in file (dt. Angeforderte Aktivitäten nicht 

in der Datei verfügbar) 

In diesem aktualisierten Paket ist sar korrigiert, so dass die -y Option die Aktivität des TTY-Geräts 

anzeigt. 

Zuvor hinderte die Einstellung von max_fds auf unlimited in /etc/multipath.conf den

multipathd-Daemon am Starten. Falls die Anzahl offener Datei-Deskriptoren auf das System- 

Maximum gesetzt werden muss, so sollte max_fds auf max eingestellt werden. 

mod_perl ist jetzt auf Version 2.0.4 rebasiert, der aktuellsten Upstream Release. Dieses Update 

wendet mehrere Updates an, darunter einen Bug-Fix, der es mod_perl jetzt gestattet, 

ordnungsgemäß mit Bugzilla 3.0 zu arbeiten. 

cups basiert jetzt auf Version 1.3.7. Dieses Update beinhaltet mehrere Fehlerbehebungen und 

Verbesserungen, darunter: 

Kerberos Authentifikation wird nun unterstützt 


Benutzerdefinierte Drucker- und Job-Richtlinien werden jetzt ordnungsgemäß geladen. 

Remote Warteschleifen-Chaches werden nicht mehr geladen, wenn das Browsing deaktiviert ist. 

Die classes.conf-Konfigurationsdatei besitzt jetzt die korrekten Genehmigungen. 

lm_sensors basiert nun auf Version 2.10.7. Dieses Update beinhaltet mehrere Upstream- 

Verbesserungen und Fehlerbehebungen, darunter einen Fix, der verhindert, dass libsensors mit 

einer General parse error-Nachricht abstürzt, wenn k8temp ebenfalls geladen wird. 

Die Aktualisierung von elfutils im Rahmen dieser Release behebt nun die folgenden Fehler: 

Das eu-readelf-Dienstprogramm stürtzte beim Lesen bestimmter Eingabe-Dateien ab. 

Das eu-strip-DIenstprogramm wird in den rpmbuild-Vorgängen verwendet, die neue 

Binärdatei-Pakete erstellen. Dabei werden Informationen zur Fehlerbehebung von ausführbarem 

Code getrennt, um -debuginfo-Pakete zu erstellen. Ein Fehler bei diesem Dienstprogramm 

führte dazu, dass unbrauchbare Informationen zur Fehlerbehebung für ET_REL-Dateien auf der 

s390-Plattform auftraten; dies betrifft Moduldateien des Linux-Kernels (.ko.debug) und führte 

dazu, dass die generierten kernel-debuginfo-Pakete nicht mit Systemtap auf s390 

funktionierten. 

vnc-server ist nun auf Version 4.1.2-14.el5 abgestimmt. Dieses Update enthält die folgenden 

Fehlerbehebungen: 

Ein Fehler, der vncserver am Drucken von Fehlermeldungen hinderte, wenn Xvnc nicht startete, 

ist jetzt behoben. 

Xvnc verwendet nicht mehr die falsche Root Window Depth; es wird nun die korrekte Window 

Depth verwendet, wie sie durch die -depth-Option festgelegt wird. 

Ein Fehler, der dazu führte, dass das libvnc.so-Modul den X-Server zum Absturz brachte, ist 

nun behoben. 

Xvnc unterstützt jetzt GLX- und RENDER-Erweiterungen auf allen Architekturen. 

smartmontools basiert nun auf Version 5.38. Dieses Update verbessert die Autodetection von 

Hardware-Geräten, verbessert den Support für CCISS RAID Arrays und bietet eine größere 

Datenbank unterstützter Geräte. 

Dieses Update behebt außerdem einen Fehler bei dem SELinux smartmontools and der 

Überwachung von 3ware RAID-Geräten hinderte. smartmontools ckann solche Geräte jetzt 

ordnungsgemäß überwachen. 

python-urlgrabber basiert nun auf Version 3.1.0-5. Dadurch werden mehrere Fehler von Upstream 

behoben, darunter: 

yum kann nun ordnungsgemäß erneut aus einem yum-Repository downloaden, das Teil- 

Downloads nicht unterstützt. 

yum kann nun mit einem unterbrochenen Download fortfahren, selbst wenn das yum-Repository 

mit einem festgelegten Port FTP-basiert ist. 

Die Größe des Ladebalkens ist jetzt dynamisch zur Terminalbreite. Außerdem sind die 

Ladebalken nun übersichtlicher und zeigen einen Prozentsatz der insgesamt heruntergeladenen 

Daten an. 

Das keepalive-Signal von python-urlgrabber funktioniert nun problemlos. In der 

Vergangenheit hatte ein Fehler bei diesem Signal dazu geführt, dass es während Download zu 

einer Erhöhung des Speichergebrauchs kam; außerdem verhinderte dieser Fehler die 

ordnungsgemäße Funktionsweise von reposync und yumdownloader beim Herunterladen 

großer Mengen an Paketen.


Thunderbird basiert nun auf Version 1.1.16. Es wurden mehrere Fehler behoben, darunter: 

yum update --security findet jetzt alte, relevante Sicherheits-Updates. 

yum-versionlock funktioniert jetzt ordnungsgemäß bei veralteten Paketen. 

Dieses Update enthält auch den yum-fastestmirror-Plugin, der es yum ermöglicht, das 

schnellste Repository in einer Mirror-Liste zu wählen. 

Samba basiert nun auf Upstream Version 3.2.0. Dadurch werden mehrere Fehler behoben, darunter 

einer, der Benutzer daran hinderte Windows 2003 verwendende Domains als ihren Name-Server zu 

nutzen. Außerdem behebt dieses Update einen Fehler, der dazu führte, dass die Mitgliedschaft bei 

der samba-Domain nach Änderung des Systempassworts mittels net rpc changetrustpw 

unterbrochen wurde. 

For a more comprehensive list of upstream samba updates included this release, refer to 

http://www.samba.org/samba/history/samba-3.0.32.html 

OpenLDAP basiert nun auf Upstream Version 2.3.43. Mehrere Upstream Fehler wurden dabei 

behoben, darunter: 

Das init-Skript meldet jetzt eine Warnung, wenn der slapd-Daemon eine TLS-Zertifikatsdatei 

nicht lesen kann. 

Alle Bibliotheken im openldap-debuginfo-Paket sind jetzt unstripped. 

Die Deinstallation des openldap-devel-Pakets, führt nicht mehr zu Schäden an den 

OpenLDAP-Bibliotheken. 

Red Hat distribuiert jetzt zusätzliche Overlays für OpenLDAP-Server. Außer syncprov befinden sich 

alle Overlays in separaten openldap-servers-overlays-Paketen, die als dynamisch ladbare 

Module kompiliert sind. Das syncprov-Overlay ist statisch zum OpenLDAP-Server verlinkt, um die 

Kompatibilität mit älteren OpenLDAP-Releases zu gewährleisten. 

Da bei der xterm Binärdatei das gesetzte Gruppen-ID (setgid) Bit konfiguriert war, waren 

bestimmte Umgebungsvariablen (wie LD_LIBRARY_PATH und TMPDIR) nicht gesetzt. In dieser 

Release sind bei der xterm-Binärdatei jetzt die Modus 0755-Genehmigungen konfiguriert, wodurch 

dieses Problem behoben ist. 

The recommended method for balancing the load on NIS servers when multiple machines are 

connecting with ypbind has changed with this release. The ypbind daemon's behavior has not 

changed: it still pings all NIS servers listed in the /etc/ypbind configuration file and then binds to 

the single fastest-responding server. Before, it was recommended to list all available NIS servers in 

each machine's /etc/ypbind.conf configuration file. However, because even servers under high 

load can respond quickly to this ping, thus inadvertently increasing their own load, it is now 

recommended for administrators to list a smaller number of available NIS servers in each machine's 

ypbind.conf, and to vary this list across machines. In this way, NIS servers are automatically loadbalanced 

due to not every NIS server being listed as being available to every machine. 

Thunderbird basiert nun auf Version 2.3.1. Diese Aktualisierung behebt mehrere Fehler, darunter: 

Ein Fehler beim Umgang von OpenMotif mit den Grab und Ungrab-Ereignissen ist nun 

behoben. In früheren Releases führte dieser Fehler manchmal zur Display-Sperre. 

Ein Fehler in nedit konnte bei Verwendung der nedit grafischen Benutzeroberfläche zum 

Absturz führen. Dies war aufgrund einer Funktion im Code der Fall, die bei einigen Fällen der 

Postenauswahl zu einem Segmentierungsfehler führte. Dieses Problem ist nun behoben. 

dbus basiert nun auf Version 1.1.2. Dieses Update behebt einen Fehler, der dazu führte, dass 

mehrthreadige Programme zu einer Sperre in dbus führten. In früheren Releases, bei denen ein 

Thread auf dbus horchte und Nachrichten verarbeitete, sendete der zweite Thread Nachrichten an 

dbus. 

strace basiert nun auf Version 4.5.18. Dadurch werden mehrere Fehler behoben, darunter: 

Ein Fehler, der zum Absturz von strace bei Verwendung der -f-Option bei einigen 

mehrthreadigen Programmen (insbesondere bei 64-bit Systemen) führte, ist jetzt behoben. 

Ein Fehler, der die 64-bit Version von strace an der Ausführung des vfork()-Funktionsaufrufs 

an einem 32-bit Vorgang hinderte, ist jetzt behoben. 

cpuspeed wurde zu Version 1.2.1-5 aktualisiert. Mit diesem Update lädt das cpuspeed init-Skript

das speedstep-centrino-Modul jetzt, wenn das Laden aller anderen Module fehlschlägt. 

Außerdem wurde ein Benutzer-Space Fehler behoben, der das Powernow-k8-Modul am Laden 

hinderte nun behoben from. 

Der frysk-Satz von Tools wurde vollständig aus dieser Distribution entfernt. frysk war ursprünglich 

als Technologievorschau in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 enthalten. 

Die vom iostat -x/Befehl bereitgestellten Partition I/O Statistiken waren zuvor unvollständig. In 

diesem Update werden Partitionsstatistiken jetzt auf dieselbe Weise wie Disk-Statistiken errechnet, 

wodurch kohärente und verständliche I/O Statistiken auf Partitionsebene geliefert werden. 

Ein Passwort-Offenlegungsfehler wurde in der Konfigurationsdatei für den Dovecot-Mailserver 

gefunden. War bei einem System die ssl_key_password-Option definiert, so konnte jeder beliebige 

lokale Benutzer das SSL-Schlüsselpasswort einsehen. (CVE-2008-4870) 

Anmerkung 

Dieser Fehler gestattete dem Angreifer keinen Zugriff auf die Inhalte des SSL-Schlüssels. Das 

Passwort besitzt ohne die Schlüsseldatei, auf welche beliebige Benutzer keinen Lesezugriff 

haben sollten, keinen Wert. 

To better protect even this value, however, the dovecot.conf file now supports the "!include_try" 

directive. The ssl_key_password option should be moved from dovecot.conf to a new file 

owned by, and only readable and writable by, root (ie 0600). This file should be referenced from 

dovecot.conf by setting the !include_try /path/to/password/file option. 


ksh basiert nun auf Version 2008-02-02. Dieses Update fügt Multi-Byte Zeichen-Handhabung hinzu, 

löst zahlreiche Probleme bei der Job-Steuerung und behebt mehrere Fehler von Upstream. Beachten 

Sie, dass dieses Update zu ksh die Kompatibilität zu bestehenden Skripts bewahrt. 


Ein vmconvert-Fehler verhinderte, dass es ordnungsgemäß am vmur-Geräte-Node 

(/dev/0.0.000c) funktionierte. Dies führte zum Fehlschlagen von vmconvert beim Versuch auf 

Dumps am vmur-Gerät zuzugreifen mit dem Fehler vmconvert: Open dump file failed! 

(Permission denied). Ein Update to s390utils in dieser Release behebt dieses Problem. 

Das init/Skript und die config-Datei für den mon_procd-Daemon sowie mon_fsstatd-Daemon 

fehlten im s390utils-Paket. Es konnte daher kein Build dieser Daemons erfolgen und diese 

konnten nicht verwendet werden. Die fehlenden Dateien wurden diesem Update hinzugefügt, so 

dass das Problem nun behoben ist. 

8.4 . PowerPC Architectures 

Ein Fehler, der das ehci_hcd-Modul daran hinderte auf dieser Architektur erneut zu laden, wurde 

nun behoben. Dies stellt sicher, dass der Belkin 4-port PCI-Express USB Lily-Adapter (und andere 

ähnliche Geräte) jetzt mit Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 ordnungsgemäß funktionieren, wenn das 

ehci_hcd-Modul verwendet wird. 

Die libhugetlbfs-Bibliothek basiert nun auf Version 1.3. Dieses Update wendet mehrere Upstream 

Verbesserungen an der Bibliothek, wodurch die Performance von Huge-Seiten verwendenden 

Anwendungen verbessert wird. 

Eine vollständige Liste von Updates für libhugetlbfs finden Sie unter folgendem Link: 

http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php? 

msg_name=20080515170754.GA1830%40us.ibm.com 



9. Known Issues 


Wenn das neue Feature der Platten-Verschlüsselung angewendet wird zum Verschlüsseln des Root 

Dateisystems, wird die folgende Fehlermeldung beim Herunterfahren des Systems auf der Konsole 

ausgegeben: 

Stopping disk encryption [FAILED] 

Diese Meldung kann getrost ignoriert werden, denn das Herunterfahren wird dennoch erfolgreich 

abgeschlossen. 

When using an encrypted device, the following error message may be reported during bootup: 

insmod: error inserting '/lib/aes_generic.ko': -1 File exists 

This message can safely be ignored. 

Eine Installation unter Verwendung von Multiple Device (MD) RAID zusätzlich zu multipath wird dazu 

führen, dass der Rechner nicht booten kann. Multipath zu Storage Area Network (SAN) Geräten, 

welche RAID intern bieten, sind davon nicht betroffen. 

When a large number of LUNs are added to a node, multipath can significantly increase the time it 

takes for udev to create device nodes for them. If you experience this problem, you can correct it by 

deleting the following line in /etc/udev/rules.d/40-multipath.rules: 

KERNEL!="dm-[0-9]*", ACTION=="add", PROGRAM=="/bin/bash -c '/sbin/lsmod | 

/bin/grep ^dm_multipath'", RUN+="/sbin/multipath -v0 %M:%m" 

This line causes udev to run multipath every time a block device is added to the node. Even with this 

line removed, multipathd will still automatically create multipath devices, and multipath will still be 

called during the boot process, for nodes with multipathed root filesystems. The only change is that 

multipath devices will not be automatically created when multipathd is not running, which should not 

be a problem for the vast majority of multipath users. 

Beim Aktualisieren von einer früheren Version von Red Hat Enterprise Linux auf 5.3 können Sie auf 

folgenden Fehler stoßen: 

Updating : mypackage ################### [ 472/1655] 

rpmdb: unable to lock mutex: Invalid argument 

Der Grund für dieses Locking Problem ist, dass das gemeinsam genutzte Futex-Locking in glibc mit 

Futexes pro Prozess zwischen 5.2 und 5.3 weiterentwickelt wurde. Dies hat zur Folge, dass 

Programme, die mit 5.2 glibc laufen, gemeinsam genutztes Futex Locking nicht ordnungsgemäß 

ausführen können zusammen mit Programmen, welche mit 5.3 glibc laufen. 

Diese spezielle Fehlermeldung ist eine Nebenwirkung eines Paketes, welches rpm als Teil seines 

Installationsprozesses aufruft. Der RPM Vorgang, der die Aktualisierung durchführt, verwendet die 

frühere glibc während der gesamten Aktualisierung. Der RPM Vorgang, der aus dem Skript heraus 

gestartet wurde, nutzt jedoch die neue glibc. 

To avoid this error, upgrade glibc first in a separate run: 

# yum update glibc 

# yum update 

You will also see this error if you downgrade glibc to an earlier version on an installed 5.3 system. 

mvapich und mvapich2 sind in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 kompiliert, um nur die InfiniBand/iWARP 

Interconnects zu unterstützen. Infolgedessen laufen sie nicht über Ethernet oder Netzwerk 

Interconnects. 

In Systemen mit mehr als zwei verschlüsselten Blockgeräten hat Anaconda eine Option, die ein

übergreifendes Passwort bietet kann. Die init Scripte unterstützen dieses Feature jedoch nicht. Beim 

Booten des Systems wird die Eingabe der jeweiligen Passwörter für jedes verschlüsselte Gerät 

verlangt. 

When upgrading openmpi using yum, the following warning may be returned: 

cannot open `/tmp/openmpi-upgrade-version.*' for reading: No such file or 

directory 

The message is harmless and can be safely ignored. 

Das Konfigurieren von IRQ SMP Affinität hat keine Auswirkung auf manche Geräte, die "Message 

Signaled Interrupts" (MSI) verwenden ohne Fähigkeit für das MSI Per-Vector Masking. Beispiele für 

solche Geräte sind Broadcom NetXtreme Ethernet Geräte, die den Treiber bnx2 verwenden. 

Wenn Sie die IRQ Affinität für ein solches Gerät konfigurieren müssen, deaktivieren Sie MSI durch 

Erstellen einer Datei in /etc/modprobe.d/, welche die folgende Zeile enthält: 

options bnx2 disable_msi=1 

Alternativ können Sie MSI auch vollständig deaktivieren, indem Sie den Kernel Boot Parameter 

pci=nomsi verwenden. 

Ein Bug in der aktualisierten Datei /etc/udev/rules.d/50-udev.rules verhindert das Erstellen 

von persistenten Namen für Bandgeräte mit Zahlen größer als 9 im Namen. So wird beispielsweise 

kein persistenter Name für ein Bandgerät mit einem Namen nst12 erstellt. 

Fügen Sie als temporäre Lösung ein Sternchen (*) hinter jedem Treffer des Strings nst[0-9] in 

/etc/udev/rules.d/50-udev.rules ein. 

Das smartctl-Tool kann SMART-Parameter nicht korrekt von SATA-Geräten lesen. 

Ein Bug in früheren Versionen von openmpi und lam kann Sie am Aktualisieren dieser Pakete 

hindern. Dieser Bug äußert sich im folgenden Fehler (beim Versuch, openmpi oder lam zu 

aktualisieren): 

error: %preun(openmpi-[version]) scriptlet failed, exit status 2 


Deshalb müssen Sie ältere Versionen von openmpi und lam manuell entfernen, um deren 

aktuellste Versionen zu installieren. Verwenden Sie hierfür den folgenden rpm-Befehl: 

rpm -qa | grep 'ôpenmpi-\|^lam-' | xargs rpm -e --noscripts --allmatches 

When using dm-multipath, if features "1 queue_if_no_path" is specified in 

/etc/multipath.conf then any process that issues I/O will hang until one or more paths are 

restored. 

To avoid this, set no_path_retry [N] in /etc/multipath.conf (where [N] is the number of 

times the system should retry a path). When you do, remove the features "1 

queue_if_no_path" option from /etc/multipath.conf as well. 

If you need to use "1 queue_if_no_path" and experience the issue noted here, use dmsetup to 

edit the policy at runtime for a particular LUN (i.e. for which all the paths are unavailable). 

To illustrate: run dmsetup message [device] 0 "fail_if_no_path", where [device] is the 

multipath device name (e.g. mpath2; do not specify the path) for which you want to change the policy 

from "queue_if_no_path" to "fail_if_no_path". 

Das Aktivieren von mehreren installierten Versionen desselben Kernel-Moduls wird nicht unterstützt. 

Zusätzlich kann ein Bug in der Art und Weise, wie Kernel-Module analysiert werden, manchmal dazu 

führen, dass eine ältere Version desselben Kernel-Moduls aktiviert wird. 

Red Hat empfiehlt, bei der Installation einer neueren Version eines installierten Kernel-Moduls 

zunächst die ältere Version zu deinstallieren. 

Das Ausführen von kdump auf einem IBM Bladecenter QS21 oder QS22, konfiguriert mit NFS-Root, 

schlägt fehl. Um dies zu umgehen, geben Sie ein NFS-Dump-Ziel in /etc/kdump.conf an. 

IBM T60 schalten sich im Suspend-Modus und beim Andocken an einer Docking-Station komplett

4 0 Inhaltsverzeichnis 

aus. Um dies zu verhindern, booten Sie das System mit dem Parameter acpi_sleep=s3_bios. 

Die QLogic iSCSI Expansion Card für das IBM Bladecenter liefert sowohl Ethernet- als auch iSCSI- 

Funktionen. Einige Teile der Karte werden von beiden Funktionen gemeinsam verwendet. Die 

aktuellen qla3xxx- und qla4xxx-Treiber unterstützen die Ethernet- und iSCSI-Funktionen jedoch 

individuell. Beide Treiber unterstützen die gleichzeitige Verwendung von Ethernet- und iSCSI- 

Funktionen jedoch nicht. 

Aufgrund dieser Einschränkung können nachfolgende Resets (durch aufeinander folgende 

ifdown/ifup-Befehle) zum Hängenbleiben des Geräts führen. Gönnen Sie sich ein 10-Sekunden 

Intervall nach einem ifup, bevor Sie ein ifdown ausführen, um dies zu verhindern. Gönnen Sie sich 

dasselbe 10-Sekunden Intervall nach einem ifdown, bevor Sie ein ifup ausführen. Dieses Intervall 

bietet ausreichend Zeit zur Stabilisierung und Neuinitialisierung aller Funktionen, wenn ein ifup 

ausgeführt wird. 

Laptops, die mit einer Cisco Aironet MPI-350 Wireless-Karte ausgestattet sind, bleiben ggf. beim 

Versuch hängen, eine DHCP-Adresse während einer netzwerkbasierten Installation via 

festverdrahtetem Ethernet-Port zu erhalten. 

Um dies zu umgehen, verwenden Sie lokale Medien für Ihre Installation. Alternativ können Sie auch 

die Wirelesskarte im BIOS des Laptops vor Beginn der Installation deaktivieren (Sie können die 

Wirelesskarte nach Abschluss der Installation wieder reaktivieren). 

Das Protokollieren während des Bootvorgangs in /var/log/boot.log steht in Red Hat Enterprise 

Linux 5.3 nicht zur Verfügung. 

Das System bootet ggf. nicht erfolgreich in einen kexec-/kdump-Kernel, wenn X ausgeführt wird und 

einen anderen Treiber als vesa verwendet. Das Problem tritt lediglich mit ATI Rage XL Grafik- 

Chipsätzen auf. 

Falls X auf einem System mit ATI Rage XL Grafikkarte läuft, stellen Sie sicher, das diese den vesa- 

Treiber verwendet, um erfolgreich in einen kexec-/kdump-Kernel zu booten. 

Wenn Sie Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 auf einem Rechner mit einem nVidia CK804-Chipsatz 

verwenden, erhalten Sie möglicherweise folgende Kernelmeldungen: 

kernel: assign_interrupt_mode Found MSI capability 

kernel: pcie_portdrv_probe->Dev[005d:10de] has invalid IRQ. Check vendor BIOS 

Diese Meldungen weisen darauf hin, dass bestimmte PCI-E-Ports keine IRQs anfordern. Sie 

beeinflussen jedoch in keiner Weise die Funktionsfähigkeit des Rechners. 

Entfernbare Speichergeräte (wie beispielsweise CDs und DVDs) werden nicht automatisch 

eingehängt, wenn Sie sich als Root einloggen. Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie diese Geräte mithilfe 

des grafischen Dateimanagers manuell einhängen. 

Alternativ können Sie den folgenden Befehl ausführen, um ein Gerät unter /media einzuhängen: 

mount /dev/[device name] /media 

Wenn eine LUN auf einem konfigurierten Speichersystem gelöscht wird, wirkt sich die Änderung nicht 

auf den Host aus. In diesen Fällen bleiben lvm Befehle unbegrenzt lange hängen, wenn dmmultipath 

verwendet wird, da die LUN nun als stale (abgelaufen) gilt. 

Löschen Sie als provisorische Lösung alle Geräte und mpath Link-Einträge in /etc/lvm/.cache, 

die spezifisch für die abgelaufene LUN sind. 

Um herauszufinden, wie diese Einträge lauten, führen Sie folgenden Befehl aus: 

ls -l /dev/mpath | grep [stale LUN] 

Wenn die [stale LUN] beispielsweise 3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00 beträgt, können 

die folgenden Resultate auftreten: 

lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 7 Aug 2 10:33 /3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00 -> 

../dm-4 

lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 7 Aug 2 10:33 /3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00p1 -> 

../dm-5

Dies bedeutet, dass 3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00 zwei mpath-Verknüpfungen 

zugewiesen ist: dm-4 und dm-5. 

Daher sollten die folgenden Zeilen aus /etc/lvm/.cache gelöscht werden: 

/dev/dm-4 

/dev/dm-5 

/dev/mapper/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00 

/dev/mapper/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00p1 

/dev/mpath/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00 

/dev/mpath/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00p1 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 5.3 Release Notes 4 1 

Das Ausführen des multipath-Befehls mit der Option -ll kann dazu führen, dass der Befehl 

hängenbleibt, falls sich einer der Pfade auf einem Blockinggerät befindet. Beachten Sie, dass der 

Treiber für einige Zeit keine Anfrage bearbeitet, falls das Gerät nicht mehr antwortet. 

Dies wird durch den Cleanup-Code verursacht, der solange wartet, bis die Anfrage für die 

Überprüfung des Pfads entweder erfolgreich abgeschlossen wird oder fehlschlägt. Um den aktuellen 

multipath-Status anzuzeigen, ohne den Befehl aufzuhängen, verwenden Sie stattdessen 

multipath -l. 

Das Aktualisieren von pm-utils von einer Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 Beta Version von pmutils 

schlägt fehl und resultiert in dem folgenden Fehler: 

error: unpacking of archive failed on file /etc/pm/sleep.d: cpio: rename 

Löschen Sie das Verzeichnis /etc/pm/sleep.d/ vor der Aktualisierung, um zu verhindern, dass 

dies passiert. Falls in /etc/pm/sleep.d/ irgendwelche Dateien existieren, verschieben Sie diese 

Dateien nach /etc/pm/hooks/. 

Das Testen von Hardware für das Mellanox MT25204 hat ergeben, dass unter bestimmten 

Bedingungen mit hoher Auslastung ein interner Fehler auftritt. Wenn der ib_mthca-Treiber einen 

schwerwiegenden Fehler auf dieser Hardware meldet, liegt dies gewöhnlich an unzureichender Tiefe 

der Queues in Bezug auf die Anzahl ausstehender Arbeitsanfragen, die von der Benutzerapplikation 

generiert wurden. 

Auch wenn der Treiber die Hardware zurücksetzt und sich von einem solchen Ereignis erholt, gehen 

alle bestehenden Verbindungen zum Zeitpunkt des Fehlers verloren. Dies führt gewöhnlich zu einem 

Segmentation Fault der Benutzerapplikation. Wenn außerdem opensm zum Zeitpunkt läuft, wenn der 

Fehler auftritt, muss es manuell neu gestartet werden, um den Betrieb wieder normal aufzunehmen. 

Beim Installieren von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 auf einem Gast wird dieser so konfiguriert, dass er 

ausdrücklich einen temporären Installations-Kernel verwendet, bereitgestellt von dom0. Sobald die 

Installation abgeschlossen ist, kann er seinen eigenen Boot-Loader verwenden. Dies kann allerdings 

nur dadurch erreicht werden, dass der Gast beim ersten Neustart stattdessen zum Beenden 

gezwungen wird. 

Nach beendeter Gast-Installation wird aus diesem Grund der Klick auf den erscheinenden Reboot- 

Schalter den Gast beenden, ohne Neustart. Dieses Verhalten ist erwartet. 

Beachten Sie, dass beim anschließenden Neustart des Gastes dessen eigener Boot-Loader 

verwendet wird. 

Das Ausführen von rpmbuild auf dem compiz Quell-RPM schlägt fehl, wenn ein KDE- oder qt- 

Development-Paket (z.B. qt-devel) installiert ist. Dies wird hervorgerufen durch einen Fehler im 

compiz Konfigurations Script. 

Für eine provisorische Lösung entfernen Sie jedes KDE- oder qt Development-Paket, bevor Sie 

versuchen, das compiz Paket von dem Quell-RPM zu erstellen. 

Wenn Ihr System entweder mit einer ATI Radeon R500 oder R600 Grafikkarte ausgestattet ist, wird 

firstboot nach der Installation nicht laufen. Das System geht direkt zum grafischen Login-Schirm 

und überspringt firstboot vollständig. Wenn Sie versuchen, firstboot manuell auszuführen, 

z.B. von einem Failsafe Terminal aus, wird die X-Session abstürzen. 

Dieses Problem wird hervorgerufen durch den von der ATI Radeon R500/R600 Hardware genutzten


Treiber. Der von diesen Grafikkarten genutzte Standard-Treiber ist noch in der 

Technologievorschau. Für eine provisorische Lösung sichern Sie Ihre /etc/X11/xorg.conf Datei, 

und konfigurieren anschließend X, um stattdessen den unterstützten Treibervesa zu verwenden. 

Führen Sie dafür den folgenden Befehl aus: 

system-config-display --reconfig --set-driver=vesa 

Sie können nun firstboot ausführen. Um zu Ihren alten Einstellungen zurückzukehren, stellen Sie 

die ursprüngliche /etc/X11/xorg.conf Datei wieder her. 

Wenn Ihr System den TSC Timer verwendet, kann der Systemaufruf gettimeofday 

zurückspringen. Dies liegt an einem Überlauf Problem, das in einigen Fällen zu einem deutlichen 

vorwärtsspringen des TSC Timers führt. In diesem Fall wird der TSC Timer sich zwar selbst 

korrigieren, aber letztendlich eine Rückwärts-Verschiebung der Zeit registrieren. 

Dieses Problem ist besonders kritisch für zeitsensible Systeme, wie z.B. die von Datenbanken und 

Transaktionssystemen verwendeten. Falls Ihr System auf präzise Zeitberechnung angewiesen ist, 

empfiehlt Red Hat daher dringend, den Kernel auf die Verwendung eines anderen Timers (z.B. 

HPET) umzustellen. 

Der Versuch, sniff auszuführen, kann in einem Fehler resultieren. Dies liegt daran, dass einige 

benötigte Pakete nicht mit dogtail installiert werden. 

Um dies zu verhindern, installieren Sie die folgenden Pakete manuell: 

librsvg2 

ghostscript-fonts 

pygtk2-libglade 

Thin Provisioning (also known as "virtual provisioning") will be first released with EMC Symmetrix 

DMX3 and DMX4. Please refer to the EMC Support Matrix and Symmetrix Enginuity code release 

notes for further details. 

Wenn in /etc/multipath.conf die Einstellung max_fds auf unlimited gesetzt wird, 

verhindert dies den korrekten Start des multipathd-Daemons. Daher sollten Sie stattdessen einen 

ausreichend hohen Wert angeben. 

SystemTap verwendet zur Zeit GCC, um Ereignisse im User Space zu überprüfen. GCC kann 

allerdings den Debugger nicht mit präzisen Informationen versorgen zur Location List für die 

Parameter. In einigen Fällen gelingt es GCC auch nicht, einige Parameter wiederzugeben. 

Infolgedessen geben SystemTap Scripts, die den User Space überprüfen, ggf. ungenaue Werte 

wieder. 

Das Laptop Modell IBM T41 tritt nicht ordnungsgemäß in denSuspend Mode ein, daher wird der 

Suspend Mode weiterhin Akkulaufzeit verbrauchen wie im normalen Betrieb. Dies rührt daher, dass 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 noch nicht das radeonfb Modul enthält. 

Fügen Sie für eine provisorische Lösung ein Skript mit dem Namen hal-system-power-suspend 

zu /usr/share/hal/scripts/ hinzu, welches die folgenden Zeilen enthalten sollte: 

chvt 1 

radeontool light off 

radeontool dac off 

Dieses Skript gewährleistet, dass IBM T41-Laptops ordnungsgemäß in denSuspend Mode 

eintreten. Um sicherzustellen, dass das System den normalen Betrieb richtig wieder aufnimmt, fügen 

Sie ebenso das Skript restore-after-standby zum gleichen Verzeichnis hinzu. Dieses Skript 

sollte folgende Zeilen enthalten: 

radeontool dac on 

radeontool light on 

chvt 7 

Wenn das edac-Modul geladen wird, funktioniert der BIOS Memory Reporting nicht. Dies liegt daran,

dass das edac-Modul das Register löscht, welches das BIOS zum melden von Speicherfehlern 

benutzt. 

Das aktuelle Red Hat Enterprise Linux Driver-Update Modell weist den Kernel an, alle verfügbaren 

Module standardmäßig zu laden (einschließlich der edac-Module). Falls Sie die Erstellung von BIOS 

Memory Reporting sicherstellen wollen, müssen Sie die edac-Module manuell auf die Blacklist 

setzen. Fügen Sie dazu die folgenden Zeilen zu /etc/modprobe.conf hinzu: 

blacklist edac_mc 

blacklist i5000_edac 

blacklist i3000_edac 

blacklist e752x_edac 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 kann das Anwachsen und Schrumpfen eines zugrundeliegendene 

Blockgeräts im Live-Betrieb ermitteln. Allerdings gibt es keine Möglichkeit, automatisch festzustellen, 

dass ein Gerät seine Größe verändert hat. Also sind manuelle Schritte nötig, um dies zu erkennen, 

und die Größe jeglicher Dateisysteme auf den fraglichen Geräten anzupassen. Wenn ein Blockgerät 

mit geänderter Größe gefunden wird, erscheint eine Meldung ähnlich der folgenden in der System- 

Protokolldatei: 

VFS: busy inodes on changed media or resized disk sdi 

Wenn das Blockgerät angewachsen ist, dann kann diese Meldung problemlos ignoriert werden. 

Wenn allerdings das Blockgerät geschrumpft wurde, ohne dass zuvor die auf dem Blockgerät 

enthaltenen Daten verkleinert wurden, dann sind die auf dem Gerät enthaltenen Daten womöglich 

fehlerhaft. 

Es ist nur möglich, eine Größenveränderung im Live-Betrieb für ein Dateisystems vorzunehmen, 

wenn dieses auf der gesamten LUN (oder Blockgerät) erstellt wurde. Falls es eine Partitionstabelle 

auf dem Blockgerät gibt, dann muss das Dateisystem abgehängt werden, damit die Partitionstabelle 

aktualisiert werden kann. 

Falls Ihr System ein GFS2 Dateisystem angehängt hat, könnte ein Knoten hängenbleiben, wenn von 

einem Knoten auf eine zwischengespeicherte Inode zugegriffen wird, die von einem anderen Knoten 

abgetrennt wird. Falls dies auftritt, ist der aufgehängte Knoten solange nicht verfügbar, bis Sie ihn 

abgrenzen und wiederherstellen mit der normalen Vorgangsweise zur Cluster-Wiederherstellung. 

Diese Funktion ruft gfs2_dinode_dealloc und shrink_dcache_memory auf, und wird auch in 

den vom Stapel hinterlassenen Spuren von jedem Prozess erscheinen, der in dem aufgehängten 

Knoten steckte. 

Dieses Problem betrifft nicht GFS2 Dateisysteme mit nur einem Knoten. 

The following message may be encountered during system boot: 

Could not detect stabilization, waiting 10 seconds. 

Reading all physical volumes. This may take a while... 


This delay (which may be up to 10 seconds, dependant on the hardware configuration) is necessary 

to ensure that the kernel has completed scanning the disks. 

Die aktuelle Implementation von User Payload Access in ipmitool ermöglicht es Ihnen zwar, 

Geräte zu konfigurieren, allerdings erlaubt es Ihnen nicht, die aktuellen Einstellungen dieser Geräte 

abzufragen. 

Das Verwenden des swap --grow Parameters in einer Kickstart-Datei, ohne dabei gleichzeitig den 

--maxsize Parameter einzustellen, veranlasst Anaconda zum Verhängen einer 

Größenbeschränkung der Swap Partition (?). Es erlaubt ihr nicht zu wachsen, bis das Gerät voll ist. 

In Systemen mit weniger als 2 GB physikalischem Speicher, beträgt die verhängte Grenze das 

Doppelte der Größe des physikalischen Speichers. In Systemen mit mehr als 2 GB entspricht die 

verhängte Grenze der Größe des physikalischen Speichers zuzüglich 2 GB. 

The gfs2_convert program may not free up all blocks from the GFS metadata that are no longer 

used under GFS2. These unused metadata blocks will be discovered and freed the next time


gfs2_fsck is run on the file system. It is recommended that gfs2_fsck be run after the filesystem 

has been converted to free the unused blocks. These unused blocks will be flagged by gfs2_fsck 

with messages such as: 

Ondisk and fsck bitmaps differ at block 137 (0x89) 

Ondisk status is 1 (Data) but FSCK thinks it should be 0 (Free) 

Metadata type is 0 (free) 

These messages do not indicate corruption in the GFS2 file system, they indicate blocks that should 

have been freed, but were not. The number of blocks needing to be freed will vary depending on the 

size of the file system and block size. Many file systems will not encounter this issue at all. Large file 

systems may have a small number of blocks (typically less than 100). 


When running the bare-metal (non-Virtualized) kernel, the X server may not be able to retrieve EDID 

information from the monitor. When this occurs, the graphics driver will be unable to display 

resolutions highers than 800x600. 

Fügen Sie als provisorische Lösung die folgende Zeile zum Abschnitt ServerLayout der Datei 

/etc/X11/xorg.conf hinzu: 

Option "Int10Backend" "x86emu" 

Recording needs to be manually enabled on Dell M4300 and M6300. To do this, perform the 

following steps: 

1. Öffnen Sie alsamixer. 

2. Drücken Sie Tab zum auswählen von [Capture] imView-Feld (befindet sich im oberen linken 

Teil des Menüs) 

3. Drücken Sie die Leertaste. 

4. Um sicherzugehen, dass die Aufnahme aktiviert wurde, überprüfen Sie den Text oberhalb des 

ADCMux Feldes; dort sollte L R CAPTUR angezeigt werden. 

If encryption is enabled on the boot device during system installation, the following message will be 

logged during system boot: 

padlock: VIA PadLock not detected. 

This message can safely be ignored. 


Some machines that use NVIDIA graphics cards may display corrupted graphics or fonts when using 

the graphical installer or during a graphical login. To work around this, switch to a virtual console and 

back to the original X host. 

On an IBM T61 laptop, Red Hat recommends that you refrain from clicking the glxgears window 

(when glxgears is run). Doing so can lock the system. 

Um dies zu vermeiden, deaktivieren Sie das Tiling Feature. Fügen Sie dazu die folgende Zeile ein in 

den Device-Bereich von /etc/X11/xorg.conf: 

Option "Tiling" "0" 





Teil des Menüs)




Falls Ihr System eine Intel 945GM Grafikkarte verwendet, benutzen Sie nicht den i810-Treiber. Sie 

sollten stattdessen den Standard-intel-Treiber verwenden. 

Auf Dual-GPU-Laptops, falls einer der Grafikchips Intel-basiert ist, kann der Intel Grafikmodus keine 

digitalen externen Verbindungen unterstützen (inklusive HDMI, DVI, und DisplayPort). Dies ist eine 

Hardware-Einschränkung der Intel GPU. Falls Sie externe digitale Verbindungen benötigen, 

konfigurieren Sie das System, den diskreten Grafikchip (im BIOS) zu verwenden. 

9.4 . PowerPC Architectures 

When using Alt-SysRq-W to debug, the following warning message will appear: 

Badness in smp_call_function at arch/powerpc/kernel/smp.c:223 

Anschließend warnt das System auch davor, dass es hängen bleiben wird. Diese Meldung kann 

ignoriert werden, denn es wird tatsächlich nicht zum Hängenbleiben des Systems führen. 









The size of the PPC kernel image is too large for OpenFirmware to support. Consequently, network 

booting will fail, resulting in the following error message: 

Please wait, loading kernel... 

/pci@8000000f8000000/ide@4,1/disk@0:2,vmlinux-anaconda: No such file or 

directory 

boot: 

To work around this: 

1. Boot to the OpenFirmware prompt, by pressing the '8' key when the IBM splash screen is 

displayed. 

2. Führen Sie folgenden Befehl aus: 

setenv real-base 2000000 

3. Booten Sie in die System Managment Services (SMS) mit dem Befehl: 

0> dev /packages/gui obe 


When running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 on a z/VM that has more than 2GB of guest storage 

defined, invalid data can be read from and written to any FCP and OSA device attached in QDIO 

mode with the Queued-I/O assist (QIOASSIST) option enabled. If your system has any such devices 

attached, Red Hat recommends that you download and install the corresponding z/VM Program 

Temporary Fix (PTF) from the following link: 

http://www-1.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=isg1VM64306 


It is not possible to directly read and convert a z/VM dump into a file. Instead, you should first copy 

the dump from the z/VM reader into a Linux file system using vmur and convert the dump into a


Linux-readable file using vmconvert. 

The IBM System z does not provide a traditional Unix-style physical console. As such, Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 5.2 for the IBM System z does not support the firstboot functionality during initial 

program load. 

Um die Einrichtung für Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 auf dem IBM System z ordnungsgemäß zu 

starten, führen Sie die folgenden Befehle nach der Installation aus: 

/usr/bin/setup —. Dies wird vom Paket setuptool zur Verfügung gestellt. 

/usr/bin/rhn_register —. Dies wird vom Paket rhn-setup zur Verfügung gestellt. 


Some Itanium systems cannot properly produce console output from the kexec purgatory code. 

This code contains instructions for backing up the first 640k of memory after a crash. 

Auch wenn die purgatory Konsolenausgabe bei Diagnoseproblemen nützlich sein kann, wird sie 

nicht benötigt zum korrekten Funktionieren von kdump. Falls Ihr Itanium-System daher während einer 

kdump-Operation zurückgesetzt wird, deaktivieren Sie die Konsoleausgabe in purgatory, indem 

Sie --noio zur Variable KEXEC_ARGS in /etc/sysconfig/kdump hinzufügen. 

Running perftest will fail if different CPU speeds are detected. As such, you should disable CPU 

speed scaling before running perftest. 

When the kdump kernel is booted, the following error will appear in the boot log: 

mknod: /tmp/initrd.[numbers]/dev/efirtc: No such file or directory 

Dieser Fehler resultiert aus der fehlerhaften Anforderung, efirtc in einem inkorrekten Pfad zu 

erstellen. Allerdings wird der fragliche Geräte-Pfad auch statisch erstellt in initramfs, sobald der 

kdump Dienst gestartet wird. Aus diesem Grund ist die Erstellung eines Geräte-Knotens während 

der Laufzeit überflüssig, harmlos, und sollte die Leistung von kdump nicht beeinträchtigen. 

Some systems may be unable to boot the kdump kernel properly. In such cases, use the 

machvec=dig kernel parameter. 









Auf Intel Itanium-basierten Systemen, die SELinux im Enforcing-Modus betreiben, muss entweder die 

Boolesche Variable allow_unconfined_execmem_dyntrans oder allow_execmem aktiviert 

sein, um dem IA-32 Execution Layer (ia32el-Service) ein korrektes Funktionieren zu ermöglichen. 

Falls die Boolesche Variable allow_unconfined_execmem_dyntrans ausgeschaltet ist, aber 

der allow_execmem aktiviert ist, (die Standard-Einstellung in Red Hat Linux Enterprise 5), dann 

wird 32-bit Emulation vom ia32el Service unterstützt. Wenn allerdings beide Booleschen Variablen 

deaktiviert sind, schlägt die Emulation fehl. 

10. Added Packages 

cmirror-1.1.36-1.el5 

Group: System Environment/Base 

Summary: cmirror - The Cluster Mirror Package 

Description:

cmirror - Cluster Mirroring 

cmirror-kmod-0.1.21-10.el5 

Group: System Environment/Kernel 

Summary: cmirror kernel modules 

Description: 

cmirror-kmod - The Cluster Mirror kernel modules 

compat-libcom_err-1.0-7 

Group: System Environment/Libraries 

Summary: A libcom_err compatibility library 

Description: 

The compat-libcom_err package contains libcom_err.so.3, which may be 

required 

by applications which were built against older packages of MIT Kerberos. 

crash-spu-commands-1.1-1 

Group: Development/Debuggers 

Summary: Cell/B.E. SPU commands extension for crash 

Description: 

dapl-2.0.13-4 .el5 

Specific commands for debugging SPU run control data using crash. 


Summary: Library providing access to the DAT 1.2 and 2.0 APIs 

Description: 

dstat-0.6.6-3.el5 

libdat and libdapl provide a userspace implementation of the DAT 1.2 and 

2.0 

API that is built to natively support InfiniBand/iWARP network 

technology. 


Summary: Versatile resource statistics tool 

Description: 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 5.3 Release Notes 4 7


Dstat is a versatile replacement for vmstat, iostat, netstat and ifstat. 

Dstat overcomes some of their limitations and adds some extra features, 

more counters and flexibility. Dstat is handy for monitoring systems 

during performance tuning tests, benchmarks or troubleshooting. 

Dstat allows you to view all of your system resources instantly, you 

can eg. compare disk usage in combination with interrupts from your 

IDE controller, or compare the network bandwidth numbers directly 

with the disk throughput (in the same interval). 

Dstat gives you detailed selective information in columns and clearly 

indicates in what magnitude and unit the output is displayed. Less 

confusion, less mistakes. 

e4 fsprogs-1.4 1.1-2.el5 


Summary: Utilities for managing the fourth extended (ext4) 

filesystem 

Description: 

The e4fsprogs package contains a number of utilities for creating, 

checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in the 

fourth extended (ext4) filesystem. E4fsprogs contains 

e4fsck (used to repair filesystem inconsistencies after an unclean 

shutdown), mke4fs (used to initialize a partition to contain an 

empty ext4 filesystem), debugfs (used to examine the internal 

structure of a filesystem, to manually repair a corrupted 

filesystem, or to create test cases for e4fsck), tune4fs (used to 

modify filesystem parameters), and most of the other core ext4fs 

filesystem utilities. 

Please note that "e4fsprogs" simply contains renamed static binaries 

from the equivalent upstream e2fsprogs release; it is packaged this 

way for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 to ensure that the many changes 

included for ext4 do not destabilize the core e2fsprogs in RHEL5. 

You should install the e4fsprogs package if you need to manage the 

performance of an ext4 filesystem. 

ecryptfs-utils-56-8.el5 


Summary: The eCryptfs mount helper and support libraries 

Description: 

eCryptfs is a stacked cryptographic filesystem that ships in the 

Linux kernel. This package provides the mount helper and supporting 

libraries to perform key management and mount functions. 

Install ecryptfs-utils if you would like to mount eCryptfs. 

fipscheck-1.0.3-1.el5 


Summary: A library for integrity verification of FIPS validated 

modules

Description: 

FIPSCheck is a library for integrity verification of FIPS validated 

modules. The package also provides helper binaries for creation and 

verification of the HMAC-SHA256 checksum files. 

freeipmi-0.5.1-6.el5 

Group: Applications/System 

Summary: FreeIPMI 

Description: 

The FreeIPMI project provides "Remote-Console" (out-of-band) and 

"System Management Software" (in-band) based on Intelligent 

Platform Management Interface specification. 

This package contains a Technology Preview for FreeIPMI. Please visit 

http://www.redhat.com/support/service/ for details on the Red Hat support 

policies. 

gcc4 3-4 .3.2-7.el5 

Group: Development/Languages 

Summary: Preview of GCC version 4.3 

Description: 

The gcc43 package contains preview the GNU Compiler Collection version 

4.3. 

gtk-vnc-0.3.2-3.el5 

Group: Development/Libraries 

Summary: A GTK widget for VNC clients 

Description: 

ibsim-0.4 -3.el5 

gtk-vnc is a VNC viewer widget for GTK. It is built using coroutines 

allowing it to be completely asynchronous while remaining single 

threaded. 


Summary: InfiniBand fabric simulator for management 

Description: 

ibsim provides simulation of infiniband fabric for using with OFA 

OpenSM, 

diagnostic and management tools. 

infiniband-diags-1.4 .1-2.el5 



Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand Diagnostic Tools


Description: 

This package provides IB diagnostic programs and scripts needed to 

diagnose an IB subnet. 

isns-utils-0.91-0.1.el5 

Group: System Environment/Daemons 

Summary: The iSNS daemon and utility programs 

Description: 

The iSNS package contains the daemon and tools to setup a iSNS server, 

and iSNS client tools. The Internet Storage Name Service (iSNS) protocol 

allows automated discovery, management and configuration of iSCSI and 

Fibre Channel devices (using iFCP gateways) on a TCP/IP network. 

java-1.6.0-openjdk-1.6.0.0-0.25.b09.el5 


Summary: OpenJDK Runtime Environment 

Description: 

ktune-0.2-3.el5 

The OpenJDK runtime environment. 


Summary: Server performance tuning service 

Description: 

ktune provides settings for server performance tuning. Please have a look 

at 

/etc/sysconfig/ktune and /etc/sysctl.ktune for tuning 

parameters. 

libcmpiutil-0.4 -2.el5 


Summary: CMPI Utility Library 

Description: 

Libcmpiutil is a library of utility functions for CMPI providers. 

The goal is to reduce the amount of repetitive work done in 

most CMPI providers by encapsulating common procedures with more 

"normal" APIs. This extends from operations like getting typed 

instance properties to standardizing method dispatch and argument 

checking. 

libcxgb3-1.2.2-1.el5 


Summary: Chelsio T3 iWARP HCA Userspace Driver 

Description:

Userspace hardware driver for use with the libibverbs InfiniBand/iWARP 

verbs 

library. This driver enables Chelsio iWARP capable ethernet devices. 

libehca-1.2-2.el5 


Summary: IBM InfiniBand HCA Userspace Driver 

Description: 

IBM hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access 

library. 

libibcm-1.0.3-1.el5 


Summary: Userspace InfiniBand Communication Manager. 

Description: 

libibcm provides a userspace InfiniBand Communication Managment library. 

libibcommon-1.1.1-1.el5 


Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand management common library 

Description: 

libibcommon provides common utility functions for the OFA diagnostic and 

management tools. 

libibmad-1.2.1-1.el5 


Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand MAD library 

Description: 

libibmad provides low layer IB functions for use by the IB diagnostic 

and management programs. These include MAD, SA, SMP, and other basic 

IB functions. 

libibumad-1.2.1-1.el5 


Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand umad (user MAD) library 

Description: 

libibumad provides the user MAD library functions which sit on top of 

the user MAD modules in the kernel. These are used by the IB diagnostic 

and management tools, including OpenSM. 

libibverbs-1.1.2-1.el5 




Summary: Library providing access to InfiniBand/iWARP hardware verbs 

protocol 

Description: 

libibverbs is a library that allows userspace processes to use 

InfiniBand/iWARP "verbs" as described in the InfiniBand Architecture 

Specification. This includes direct hardware access for fast path 

operations. 

For this library to be useful, a device-specific plug-in module should 

also be installed. 

libipathverbs-1.1-11.el5 


Summary: QLogic InfiniPath HCA Userspace Driver 

Description: 

QLogic hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access 

library. This driver supports QLogic InfiniPath based cards. 

libmlx4 -1.0-4 .el5 


Summary: Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand HCA Userspace Driver 

Description: 

Mellanox hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access 

library. This driver supports Mellanox ConnectX architecture cards. 

libmthca-1.0.5-1.el5 


Summary: Mellanox InfiniBand HCA Userspace Driver 

Description: 

libnes-0.5-4 .el5 

Mellanox hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access 

library. This driver supports Mellanox based Single Data Rate and Dual 

Data 

Rate cards, including those from Cisco, Topspin, and Voltaire. It does 

not support the Connect-X architecture based Quad Data Rate cards 

(libmlx4 

handles that hardware). 


Summary: NetEffect RNIC Userspace Driver 

Description: 

Userspace hardware driver for use with the libibverbs InfiniBand/iWARP 

verbs 

library. This driver enables NetEffect iWARP capable ethernet devices.

librdmacm-1.0.8-1.el5 


Summary: Userspace RDMA Connection Manager. 

Description: 

librdmacm provides a userspace RDMA Communication Managment API. 

libsdp-1.1.99-10.el5_2 


Summary: A library for direct userspace use of Sockets Direct 

Protocol 

Description: 

libsdp is an LD_PRELOAD-able library that can be used to have existing 

applications use InfiniBand Sockets Direct Protocol (SDP) instead of 

TCP sockets, transparently and without recompilation. For information 

on how to configure libsdp, see libsdp.conf, which is installed in 

$(sysconfdir) (usually /usr/local/etc or /etc). 

libsmi-0.4 .5-2.el5 


Summary: A library to access SMI MIB information 

Description: 

Libsmi is a C library to access MIB module information through 

a well defined API that hides the nasty details of locating 

and parsing SMIv1/v2 MIB modules. 

This package contains tools to check, dump, and convert MIB 

definitions and a steadily maintained and revised archive 

of all IETF and IANA maintained standard MIB modules. 

libspe2-2.2.80.121-4 .el5 


Summary: SPE Runtime Management Library 

Description: 

SPE Runtime Management Library for the 

Cell Broadband Engine Architecture. 

libvirt-cim-0.5.1-4 .el5 


Summary: A CIM provider for libvirt 

Description: 



Libvirt-cim is a CMPI CIM provider that implements the DMTF SVPC 

virtualization model. The goal is to support most of the features 

exported by libvirt itself, enabling management of multiple 

platforms with a single provider. 

mpi-selector-1.0.1-1.el5 


Summary: Provides site-wide and per-user MPI implementation 

selection 

Description: 

A simple tool that allows system administrators to set a site-wide 

default for which MPI implementation is to be used, but also allow 

users to set their own default MPI implementation, thereby overriding 

the site-wide default. 

The default can be changed easily via the mpi-selector command -editing 

of shell startup files is not required. 

mpitests-3.0-2.el5 

Group: Applications 

Summary: MPI Benchmarks and tests 

Description: 

Set of popular MPI benchmarks: 

IMB-2.3 

Presta-1.4.0 

OSU benchmarks ver 2.2 

mstflint-1.3-1.el5 


Summary: Mellanox firmware burning tool 

Description: 

This package contains a burning tool for Mellanox manufactured HCA cards. 

It also provides access to the relevant source code. 

mvapich-1.1.0-0.2931.3.el5 


Summary: MPI implementation over Infiniband RDMA-enabled 

interconnect 

Description: 

This is high performance and scalable MPI-1 implementation over 

Infiniband and RDMA-enabled interconnect. 

This implementation is based on MPICH and MVICH. MVAPICH is pronounced as 

èm-vah-pich''. 

mvapich2-1.0.3-3.el5


Summary: OSU MVAPICH2 MPI package 

Description: 

nedit-5.5-21.el5 

This is an MPI-2 implementation which includes all MPI-1 features. It is 

based on MPICH2 and MVICH. 

Group: Applications/Editors 

Summary: A GUI text editor for systems with X 

Description: 

NEdit is a GUI text editor for the X Window System. NEdit is 

very easy to use, especially if you are familiar with the 

Macintosh(TM) or Microsoft(TM) Windows(TM) style of interface. 

nspluginwrapper-0.9.91.5-22.el5 

Group: Networking/WWW 

Summary: A compatibility layer for Netscape 4 plugins 

Description: 

nspluginwrapper makes it possible to use Netscape 4 compatible plugins 

compiled for ppc into Mozilla for another architecture, e.g. x86_64. 

This package consists in: 

* npviewer: the plugin viewer 

* npwrapper.so: the browser-side plugin 

* mozilla-plugin-config: a tool to manage plugins installation and update 

ofed-docs-1.3.2-0.20080728.0355.1.el5 

Group: Documentation/Man 

Summary: OpenFabrics Enterprise Distribution documentation 

Description: 

Documentation from OFED 1.3 

opensm-3.2.2-3.el5 


Summary: OpenIB InfiniBand Subnet Manager and management utilities 

Description: 

OpenSM is the OpenIB project's Subnet Manager for Infiniband networks. 

The subnet manager is run as a system daemon on one of the machines in 

the infiniband fabric to manage the fabric's routing state. This package 

also contains various tools for diagnosing and testing Infiniband networks 

that can be used from any machine and do not need to be run on a machine 

running the opensm daemon. 

openswan-2.6.14 -1.el5_2.1 




Summary: Openswan IPSEC implementation 

Description: 

Openswan is a free implementation of IPSEC & IKE for Linux. IPSEC is 

the Internet Protocol Security and uses strong cryptography to provide 

both authentication and encryption services. These services allow you 

to build secure tunnels through untrusted networks. Everything passing 

through the untrusted net is encrypted by the ipsec gateway machine and 

decrypted by the gateway at the other end of the tunnel. The resulting 

tunnel is a virtual private network or VPN. 

This package contains the daemons and userland tools for setting up 

Openswan on a freeswan enabled kernel. 

perftest-1.2-11.el5 

Group: Productivity/Networking/Diagnostic 

Summary: IB Performance tests 

Description: 

gen2 uverbs microbenchmarks 

perl-Archive-Zip-1.16-1.2.1 


Summary: Perl library for accessing Zip archives 

Description: 

The Archive::Zip module allows a Perl program to create, manipulate, 

read, and write Zip archive files. 

Zip archives can be created, or you can read from existing zip files. 

Once created, they can be written to files, streams, or strings. 

Members can be added, removed, extracted, replaced, rearranged, and 

enumerated. They can also be renamed or have their dates, comments, 

or other attributes queried or modified. Their data can be compressed 

or uncompressed as needed. Members can be created from members in 

existing Zip files, or from existing directories, files, or strings. 

perl-Config-General-2.4 0-1.el5 


Summary: Generic configuration module for Perl 

Description:

This module opens a config file and parses it's contents for 

you. After parsing the module returns a hash structure which contains 

the representation of the config file. 

The format of config files supported by Config::General is inspired by 

the well known apache config format, in fact, this module is 100% 

read-compatible to apache configs, but you can also just use simple 

name/value pairs in your config files. 

In addition to the capabilities of a apache config file it supports 

some enhancements such as here-documents, C- style comments or 

multiline options. It is also possible to save the config back to 

disk, which makes the module a perfect backend for configuration 

interfaces. 

It is possible to use variables in config files and there exists also 

support for object oriented access to the configuration. 

pexpect-2.3-1.el5 


Summary: Pure Python Expect-like module 

Description: 

Pexpect is a pure Python module for spawning child applications; 

controlling 

them; and responding to expected patterns in their output. Pexpect works 

like 

Don Libes' Expect. Pexpect allows your script to spawn a child 

application and 

control it as if a human were typing commands. 

Pexpect can be used for automating interactive applications such as ssh, 

ftp, 

passwd, telnet, etc. It can be used to automate setup scripts for 

duplicating 

software package installations on different servers. And it can be used 

for 

automated software testing. Pexpect is in the spirit of Don Libes' 

Expect, but 

Pexpect is pure Python. Unlike other Expect-like modules for Python, 

Pexpect 

does not require TCL or Expect nor does it require C extensions to be 

compiled. 

It should work on any platform that supports the standard Python pty 

module. 

python-iniparse-0.2.3-4 .el5 


Summary: Python Module for Accessing and Modifying Configuration 

Data in INI files 

Description: 

iniparse is an INI parser for Python which is API compatible 

with the standard library's ConfigParser, preserves structure of INI 

files (order of sections & options, indentation, comments, and blank 

lines are preserved when data is updated), and is more convenient to 

use. 

python-setuptools-0.6c5-2.el5 




Summary: Download, build, install, upgrade, and uninstall Python 

packages 

Description: 

setuptools is a collection of enhancements to the Python distutils that 

allow 

you to more easily build and distribute Python packages, especially ones 

that 

have dependencies on other packages. 

qlvnictools-0.0.1-10.el5 


Summary: VNIC ULP service 

Description: 

qperf-0.4 .1-2.el5 

VNIC ULP service 

Group: Networking/Diagnostic 

Summary: Measure socket and RDMA performance 

Description: 

Measure socket and RDMA performance. 

rsyslog-2.0.6-1.el5 


Summary: Enhanced system logging and kernel message trapping 

daemons 

Description: 

Rsyslog is an enhanced multi-threaded syslogd supporting, among others, 

MySQL, 

syslog/tcp, RFC 3195, permitted sender lists, filtering on any message 

part, 

and fine grain output format control. It is quite compatible to stock 

sysklogd 

and can be used as a drop-in replacement. Its advanced features make it 

suitable for enterprise-class, encryption protected syslog relay chains 

while 

at the same time being very easy to setup for the novice user. 

setroubleshoot-plugins-2.0.4 -2.el5 


Summary: Analysis plugins for use with setroubleshoot 

Description:

This package provides a set of analysis plugins for use with 

setroubleshoot. Each plugin has the capacity to analyze SELinux AVC 

data and system data to provide user friendly reports describing how 

to interpret SELinux AVC denials. 

sgpio-1.2.0_10-2.el5 


Summary: SGPIO captive backplane tool 

Description: 

Intel SGPIO enclosure management utility 

This package contains (part of) a Technology Preview for 

Application for AHCI driver with SGPIO support. 

Please visit http://www.redhat.com/support/service/ for details on the 

Red Hat support policies. 

srptools-0.0.4 -2.el5 


Summary: Tools for using the InfiniBand SRP protocol devices 

Description: 

In conjunction with the kernel ib_srp driver, srptools allows you to 

discover and use SCSI devices via the SCSI RDMA Protocol over 

InfiniBand. 

system-config-netboot-0.1.4 5.1-1.el5 


Summary: network booting/install configuration utility (GUI) 

Description: 

system-config-netboot is a utility which allows you to configure 

diskless environments and network installations. 

tpm-tools-1.3.1-1.el5 


Summary: Management tools for the TPM hardware 

Description: 

tpm-tools is a group of tools to manage and utilize the Trusted Computing 

Group's TPM hardware. TPM hardware can create, store and use RSA keys 

securely (without ever being exposed in memory), verify a platform's 

software state using cryptographic hashes and more. 

trousers-0.3.1-4 .el5 


Summary: TCG's Software Stack v1.2 

Description: 



TrouSerS is an implementation of the Trusted Computing Group's Software 

Stack 

(TSS) specification. You can use TrouSerS to write applications that make 

use 

of your TPM hardware. TPM hardware can create, store and use RSA keys 

securely (without ever being exposed in memory), verify a platform's 

software 

state using cryptographic hashes and more. 

tvflash-0.9.0-2.el5 


Summary: Tool to manage Mellanox HCA firmware flash memory 

Description: 

tvflash is used to query and update the firmware flash memory attached 

to Mellanox InfiniBand HCAs. 

udftools-1.0.0b3-0.1.el5 

Group: Applications/Archiving 

Summary: Linux UDF Filesystem userspace utilities 

Description: 

Linux UDF Filesystem userspace utilities. 

virt-viewer-0.0.2-2.el5 


Summary: Virtual Machine Viewer 

Description: 

Virtual Machine Viewer provides a graphical console client for 

connecting 

to virtual machines. It uses the GTK-VNC widget to provide the display, 

and libvirt for looking up VNC server details. 

wacomexpresskeys-0.4 .1-1.el5 


Summary: Wacom ExpressKeys and Touch Strips configuration utility 

Description: 

Configuration utility to bind Wacom tablet's ExpressKeys and Touch Strips 

to 

generate other input events. 

wdaemon-0.14 -2 

Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support 

Summary: Hotplug helper for Wacom X.org driver 

Description:

Helper application which emulates persistent input devices for Wacom 

tablets 

so they can be plugged and unplugged while X.org server is running. This 

should 

go away as soon X.org properly supports hotplugging. 

xulrunner-1.9.0.5-1.el5_2 

Group: Applications/Internet 

Summary: XUL Runtime for Gecko Applications 

Description: 

XULRunner provides the XUL Runtime environment for Gecko applications. 

yum-updatesd-0.9-2.el5 


Summary: Update notification daemon 

Description: 

yum-updatesd provides a daemon which checks for available updates and 

can notify you when they are available via email, syslog or dbus. 

11. Dropped Packages 

cachefilesd-0.8-2.el5 


Summary: CacheFiles userspace management daemon 

Description: 

The cachefilesd daemon manages the caching files and directory that are 

that are used by network filesystems such a AFS and NFS to 

do persistent caching to the local disk. 

frysk-0.0.1.2007.06.21.rh2-4 .el5 

Group: Development/System 

Summary: Frysk execution analysis tool 

Description: 


Frysk is an execution-analysis technology implemented using native Java 

and C++. 

It is aimed at providing developers and sysadmins with the ability to 

both 

examine and analyze running multi-host, multi-process, multi-threaded 

systems. 

Frysk allows the monitoring of running processes and threads, of locking 

primitives and will also expose deadlocks, gather data and debug any 

given 

process in the system.


gfs2-kmod-1.52-1.16.el5 


Summary: gfs2 kernel module 

Description: 

GFS2 - The GFS2 filesystem provided for RHEL5. 

sysreport-1.4 .3-13.el5 


Summary: Gathers system hardware and configuration information. 

Description: 

Sysreport is a utility that gathers information about a system's 

hardware and configuration. The information can then be used for 

diagnostic purposes and debugging. Sysreport is commonly used to help 

support technicians and developers by providing a "snapshot" of a 

system's current layout. 

12. Updated Packages 

Cluster_Administration-5.1.0-7 - Cluster_Administration-5.2-1 

Group: Documentation 

Summary: Red Hat Cluster for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 

Description: 

Configuring and Managing a Red Hat Cluster describes the configuration 

and management of Red Hat cluster systems 

for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 It does not include information about 

Red Hat Linux 

Virtual Servers (LVS). Information about installing and configuring 

LVS is in a separate document. 

No added dependencies 

No removed dependencies 

Deployment_Guide-5.1.0-11 - Deployment_Guide-5.2-11 


Summary: Deployment Guide 

Description: 

This Deployment Guide documents relevant information regarding the 

deployment, configuration and administration of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 

5.2. 



Global_File_System-5.1.0-6 - Global_File_System-5.2-1


Summary: Red Hat Global File System 

Description: 

This book provides information about installing, configuring, and 

maintaining Red Hat GFS (Red Hat Global File System) for Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 5.2. 



ImageMagick-6.2.8.0-3.el5.4 - ImageMagick-6.2.8.0-4 .el5_1.1 

Group: Applications/Multimedia 

Summary: An X application for displaying and manipulating images. 

Description: 

ImageMagick(TM) is an image display and manipulation tool for the X 

Window System. ImageMagick can read and write JPEG, TIFF, PNM, GIF, 

and Photo CD image formats. It can resize, rotate, sharpen, color 

reduce, or add special effects to an image, and when finished you can 

either save the completed work in the original format or a different 

one. ImageMagick also includes command line programs for creating 

animated or transparent .gifs, creating composite images, creating 

thumbnail images, and more. 

ImageMagick is one of your choices if you need a program to manipulate 

and dis play images. If you want to develop your own applications 

which use ImageMagick code or APIs, you need to install 

ImageMagick-devel as well. 



NetworkManager-0.6.4 -6.el5 - NetworkManager-0.7.0-3.el5 


Summary: Network connection manager and user applications 

Description: 

NetworkManager attempts to keep an active network connection available at 

all 

times. It is intended only for the desktop use-case, and is not intended 

for 

usage on servers. The point of NetworkManager is to make networking 

configuration and setup as painless and automatic as possible. If using 

DHCP, 

NetworkManager is intended to replace default routes, obtain IP addresses 

from a DHCP server, and change nameservers whenever it sees fit. 

Added Dependencies: 

autoconf 

automake 

dbus-devel >= 1.1 

dbus-glib-devel >= 0.73-6 

dhclient 



doxygen 

gtk-doc 

intltool 

libdaemon-devel 

libnotify-devel >= 0.4.2 

libtool 

nss-devel >= 3.11.7 

perl(XML::Parser) 

ppp >= 2.2.4 

wireless-tools-devel >= 1:28-2 

Removed Dependencies: 

dbus-devel >= 0.90 

dbus-glib-devel >= 0.70 

dhcdbd 

gnome-panel-devel 

libgnomeui-devel 

libnl-devel 

libnotify-devel >= 0.3 

perl-XML-Parser 

wireless-tools-devel >= 1:28-0pre9 

ORBit2-2.14 .3-4 .el5 - ORBit2-2.14 .3-5.el5 


Summary: A high-performance CORBA Object Request Broker 

Description: 

ORBit is a high-performance CORBA (Common Object Request Broker 

Architecture) ORB (object request broker). It allows programs to 

send requests and receive replies from other programs, regardless 

of the locations of the two programs. CORBA is an architecture that 

enables communication between program objects, regardless of the 

programming language they're written in or the operating system they 

run on. 

You will need to install this package and ORBit-devel if you want to 

write programs that use CORBA technology. 



OpenIPMI-2.0.6-5.el5.4 - OpenIPMI-2.0.6-11.el5 


Summary: OpenIPMI (Intelligent Platform Management Interface) 

library and tools 

Description:

The Open IPMI project aims to develop an open code base to allow access 

to 

platform information using Intelligent Platform Management Interface 

(IPMI). 

This package contains the tools of the OpenIPMI project. 



SysVinit-2.86-14 - SysVinit-2.86-15.el5 


Summary: Programs which control basic system processes. 

Description: 

The SysVinit package contains a group of processes that control 

the very basic functions of your system. SysVinit includes the init 

program, the first program started by the Linux kernel when the 

system boots. Init then controls the startup, running, and shutdown 

of all other programs. 



Virtualization-5.1.0-12 - Virtualization-5.2-11 


Summary: Virtualization Guide 

Description: 

The Red Hat Enterprise Linux Virtualization Guide contains 

information on installation, configuring, administering, tips, 

tricks and troubleshooting virtualization technologies used in Red 

Hat Enterprise Linux. 



a2ps-4 .13b-57.1.el5 - a2ps-4 .13b-57.2.el5 

Group: Applications/Publishing 

Summary: Converts text and other types of files to PostScript(TM). 

Description: 

The a2ps filter converts text and other types of files to PostScript(TM). 

A2ps has pretty-printing capabilities and includes support for a wide 

number of programming languages, encodings (ISO Latins, Cyrillic, etc.), 

and medias. 


psutils 


acl-2.2.39-2.1.el5 - acl-2.2.39-3.el5 




Summary: Access control list utilities. 

Description: 

This package contains the getfacl and setfacl utilities needed for 

manipulating access control lists. 



acpid-1.0.4 -5 - acpid-1.0.4 -7.el5 


Summary: ACPI Event Daemon 

Description: 

acpid is a daemon that dispatches ACPI events to user-space programs. 



alsa-lib-1.0.14 -1.rc4 .el5 - alsa-lib-1.0.17-1.el5 


Summary: The Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA) library. 

Description: 

The Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA) provides audio and MIDI 

functionality to the Linux operating system. 

This package includes the ALSA runtime libraries to simplify application 

programming and provide higher level functionality as well as support 

for 

the older OSS API, providing binary compatibility for most OSS 

programs. 



alsa-utils-1.0.14 -2.rc4 .el5 - alsa-utils-1.0.17-1.el5 


Summary: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA) utilities 

Description: 

This package contains command line utilities for the Advanced Linux Sound 

Architecture (ALSA). 


alsa-lib-devel >= 1.0.17 


alsa-lib-devel >= 1.0.14 

amtu-1.0.4 -4 - amtu-1.0.6-1.el5


Summary: Abstract Machine Test Utility (AMTU) 

Description: 

Abstract Machine Test Utility (AMTU) is an administrative utility to 

check 

whether the underlying protection mechanism of the hardware are still 

being 

enforced. This is a requirement of the Controlled Access Protection 

Profile 

FPT_AMT.1, see 

http://www.radium.ncsc.mil/tpep/library/protection_profiles/CAPP-1.d.pdf 



anaconda-11.1.2.87-1 - anaconda-11.1.2.168-1 


Summary: Graphical system installer 

Description: 

The anaconda package contains the program which was used to install your 

system. These files are of little use on an already installed system. 


iscsi-initiator-utils >= 6.2.0.868-0.9 

kudzu-devel >= 1.2.57.1.18 

libdhcp-devel >= 1.20-5 

libnl-devel >= 1.0-0.10.pre5.5 


glib2-devel >= 2.11.1-5 

kudzu-devel >= 1.2.57.1.15 

libdhcp-devel >= 1.16 

apr-util-1.2.7-6 - apr-util-1.2.7-7.el5 


Summary: Apache Portable Runtime Utility library 

Description: 

The mission of the Apache Portable Runtime (APR) is to provide a 

free library of C data structures and routines. This library 

contains additional utility interfaces for APR; including support 

for XML, LDAP, database interfaces, URI parsing and more. 



at-spi-1.7.11-2.fc6 - at-spi-1.7.11-3.el5 



Summary: Assistive Technology Service Provider Interface


Description: 

at-spi allows assistive technologies to access GTK-based 

applications. Essentially it exposes the internals of applications for 

automation, so tools such as screen readers, magnifiers, or even 

scripting interfaces can query and interact with GUI controls. 



audit-1.5.5-7.el5 - audit-1.7.7-6.el5 


Summary: User space tools for 2.6 kernel auditing 

Description: 

The audit package contains the user space utilities for 

storing and searching the audit records generate by 

the audit subsystem in the Linux 2.6 kernel. 


openldap-devel 

tcp_wrappers 


authconfig-5.3.12-2.el5 - authconfig-5.3.21-5.el5 


Summary: Command line tool for setting up authentication from 

network services 

Description: 

Authconfig is a command line utility which can configure a workstation 

to use shadow (more secure) passwords. Authconfig can also configure a 

system to be a client for certain networked user information and 

authentication schemes. 


python >= 2.4.1 


python 

autofs-5.0.1-0.rc2.55 - autofs-5.0.1-0.rc2.102 


Summary: A tool for automatically mounting and unmounting 

filesystems. 

Description: 

autofs is a daemon which automatically mounts filesystems when you use 

them, and unmounts them later when you are not using them. This can 

include network filesystems, CD-ROMs, floppies, and so forth. 

No added dependencies


bash-3.1-16.1 - bash-3.2-24 .el5 

Group: System Environment/Shells 

Summary: The GNU Bourne Again shell (bash) version 3.2 

Description: 

The GNU Bourne Again shell (Bash) is a shell or command language 

interpreter that is compatible with the Bourne shell (sh). Bash 

incorporates useful features from the Korn shell (ksh) and the C shell 

(csh). Most sh scripts can be run by bash without modification. This 

package (bash) contains bash version 3.2, which improves POSIX 

compliance over previous versions. 


autoconf 

gettext 


bind-9.3.3-10.el5 - bind-9.3.4 -10.P1.el5 


Summary: The Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) DNS (Domain Name 

System) server. 

Description: 

BIND (Berkeley Internet Name Domain) is an implementation of the DNS 

(Domain Name System) protocols. BIND includes a DNS server (named), 

which resolves host names to IP addresses; a resolver library 

(routines for applications to use when interfacing with DNS); and 

tools for verifying that the DNS server is operating properly. 



binutils-2.17.50.0.6-5.el5 - binutils-2.17.50.0.6-9.el5 

Group: Development/Tools 

Summary: A GNU collection of binary utilities. 

Description: 

Binutils is a collection of binary utilities, including ar (for 

creating, modifying and extracting from archives), as (a family of GNU 

assemblers), gprof (for displaying call graph profile data), ld (the 

GNU linker), nm (for listing symbols from object files), objcopy (for 

copying and translating object files), objdump (for displaying 

information from object files), ranlib (for generating an index for 

the contents of an archive), size (for listing the section sizes of an 

object or archive file), strings (for listing printable strings from 

files), strip (for discarding symbols), and addr2line (for converting 

addresses to file and line). 





bluez-libs-3.7-1 - bluez-libs-3.7-1.1 


Summary: Bluetooth libraries 

Description: 

Libraries for use in Bluetooth applications. 

The BLUETOOTH trademarks are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. 



bluez-utils-3.7-2 - bluez-utils-3.7-2.2 


Summary: Bluetooth utilities 

Description: 

Bluetooth utilities (bluez-utils): 

- hcitool 

- hciattach 

- hciconfig 

- hcid 

- l2ping 

- start scripts (Red Hat) 

- pcmcia configuration files 

The BLUETOOTH trademarks are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. 


bluez-libs-devel >= 3.7-1.1 


bluez-libs-devel >= 3.7 

booty-0.80.4 -5 - booty-0.80.6-5 


Summary: simple python bootloader config lib 

Description: 

Small python library for use with bootloader configuration by anaconda 

and up2date. 



busybox-1.2.0-3 - busybox-1.2.0-4 .el5 


Summary: Statically linked binary providing simplified versions of 

system commands 

Description:

Busybox is a single binary which includes versions of a large number 

of system commands, including a shell. This package can be very 

useful for recovering from certain types of system failures, 

particularly those involving broken shared libraries. 



bzip2-1.0.3-3 - bzip2-1.0.3-4 .el5_2 

Group: Applications/File 

Summary: A file compression utility. 

Description: 

Bzip2 is a freely available, patent-free, high quality data compressor. 

Bzip2 compresses files to within 10 to 15 percent of the capabilities 

of the best techniques available. However, bzip2 has the added benefit 

of being approximately two times faster at compression and six times 

faster at decompression than those techniques. Bzip2 is not the 

fastest compression utility, but it does strike a balance between speed 

and compression capability. 

Install bzip2 if you need a compression utility. 



cairo-1.2.4 -2.el5 - cairo-1.2.4 -5.el5 


Summary: A vector graphics library 

Description: 

Cairo is a vector graphics library designed to provide high-quality 

display and print output. Currently supported output targets include 

the X Window System, OpenGL (via glitz), in-memory image buffers, and 

image files (PDF, PostScript, and SVG). Cairo is designed to produce 

identical output on all output media while taking advantage of display 

hardware acceleration when available (eg. through the X Render 

Extension or OpenGL). 



ccid-1.0.1-6.el5 - ccid-1.3.8-1.el5 


Summary: Generic USB CCID smart card reader driver 

Description: 

Generic USB CCID (Chip/Smart Card Interface Devices) driver. 


pcsc-lite-devel >= 1.3.3 




pcsc-lite-devel >= %{pcsc-lite_ver} 

cdrtools-2.01-10 - cdrtools-2.01-10.7.el5 


Summary: A collection of CD/DVD utilities. 

Description: 

cdrtools is a collection of CD/DVD utilities. 



checkpolicy-1.33.1-2.el5 - checkpolicy-1.33.1-4 .el5 


Summary: SELinux policy compiler 

Description: 

Security-enhanced Linux is a feature of the Linux® kernel and a number 

of utilities with enhanced security functionality designed to add 

mandatory access controls to Linux. The Security-enhanced Linux 

kernel contains new architectural components originally developed to 

improve the security of the Flask operating system. These 

architectural components provide general support for the enforcement 

of many kinds of mandatory access control policies, including those 

based on the concepts of Type Enforcement® , Role-based Access 

Control, and Multi-level Security. 

This package contains checkpolicy, the SELinux policy compiler. 

Only required for building policies. 



chkconfig-1.3.30.1-1 - chkconfig-1.3.30.1-2 


Summary: A system tool for maintaining the /etc/rc*.d hierarchy. 

Description: 

Chkconfig is a basic system utility. It updates and queries runlevel 

information for system services. Chkconfig manipulates the numerous 

symbolic links in /etc/rc.d, to relieve system administrators of some 

of the drudgery of manually editing the symbolic links. 



clustermon-0.10.0-5.el5 - clustermon-0.12.1-2.el5 


Summary: Monitoring and management of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 

Cluster Suite 

Description:

This package contains Red Hat Enterprise Linux Cluster Suite 

SNMP/CIM module/agent/provider. 


cman-devel 


cman-2.0.73-1.el5 - cman-2.0.98-1.el5 


Summary: cman - The Cluster Manager 

Description: 

cman - The Cluster Manager 


kernel-headers 


conga-0.10.0-6.el5 - conga-0.12.1-7.el5 


Summary: Remote Management System 

Description: 

Conga is a project developing management system for remote stations. 

It consists of luci, https frontend, and ricci, secure daemon that 

dispatches 

incoming messages to underlying management modules. 



cman-devel 

control-center-2.16.0-14 .el5 - control-center-2.16.0-16.el5 

Group: User Interface/Desktops 

Summary: GNOME Control Center 

Description: 

GNOME (the GNU Network Object Model Environment) is an attractive and 

easy-to-use GUI desktop environment. The control-center package 

provides the GNOME Control Center utilities that allow you to setup 

and configure your system's GNOME environment (things like the desktop 

background and theme, the screensaver, system sounds, and mouse 

behavior). 

If you install GNOME, you need to install control-center. 



coolkey-1.1.0-5.el5 - coolkey-1.1.0-6.el5 




Summary: CoolKey PKCS #11 module 

Description: 

Linux Driver support for the CoolKey and CAC products. 



coreutils-5.97-12.1.el5 - coreutils-5.97-19.el5 


Summary: The GNU core utilities: a set of tools commonly used in 

shell scripts 

Description: 

These are the GNU core utilities. This package is the combination of 

the old GNU fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages. 



cpufreq-utils-002-1.1.4 3.el5 - cpufreq-utils-005-1.el5 


Summary: CPU Frequency changing related utilities 

Description: 

cpufreq-utils contains several utilities that can be used to control 

the cpufreq interface provided by the kernel on hardware that 

supports CPU frequency scaling. 



cpuspeed-1.2.1-1.4 8.el5 - cpuspeed-1.2.1-5.el5 


Summary: CPU frequency adjusting daemon 

Description: 

cpuspeed is a daemon that dynamically changes the speed 

of your processor(s) depending upon its current workload 

if it is capable (needs Intel Speedstep, AMD PowerNow!, 

or similar support). 

This package also supports enabling cpu frequency scaling 

via in-kernel governors on Intel Centrino and AMD 

Athlon64/Opteron platforms. 



crash-4 .0-4 .6.1 - crash-4 .0-7.2.3


Summary: crash utility for live systems; netdump, diskdump, kdump, 

LKCD or mcore dumpfiles 

Description: 

The core analysis suite is a self-contained tool that can be used to 

investigate either live systems, kernel core dumps created from the 

netdump, diskdump and kdump packages from Red Hat Linux, the mcore 

kernel patch 

offered by Mission Critical Linux, or the LKCD kernel patch. 



createrepo-0.4 .4 -2.fc6 - createrepo-0.4 .11-3.el5 


Summary: Creates a common metadata repository 

Description: 

This utility will generate a common metadata repository from a directory 

of rpm 

packages. 


python 


crypto-utils-2.3-1 - crypto-utils-2.3-2.el5 


Summary: SSL certificate and key management utilities 

Description: 

This package provides tools for managing and generating 

SSL certificates and keys. 



cryptsetup-luks-1.0.3-2.2.el5 - cryptsetup-luks-1.0.3-4 .el5 


Summary: A utility for setting up encrypted filesystems 

Description: 

This package contains cryptsetup, a utility for setting up 

encrypted filesystems using Device Mapper and the dm-crypt target. 



cups-1.2.4 -11.14 .el5 - cups-1.3.7-8.el5 




Summary: Common Unix Printing System 

Description: 

The Common UNIX Printing System provides a portable printing layer for 

UNIX® operating systems. It has been developed by Easy Software Products 

to promote a standard printing solution for all UNIX vendors and users. 

CUPS provides the System V and Berkeley command-line interfaces. 


avahi-compat-libdns_sd-devel 

krb5-devel 


cyrus-imapd-2.3.7-1.1.el5 - cyrus-imapd-2.3.7-2.el5 


Summary: A high-performance mail server with IMAP, POP3, NNTP and 

SIEVE support 

Description: 

The cyrus-imapd package contains the core of the Cyrus IMAP server. 

It is a scaleable enterprise mail system designed for use from 

small to large enterprise environments using standards-based 

internet mail technologies. 

A full Cyrus IMAP implementation allows a seamless mail and bulletin 

board environment to be set up across multiple servers. It differs from 

other IMAP server implementations in that it is run on "sealed" 

servers, where users are not normally permitted to log in and have no 

system account on the server. The mailbox database is stored in parts 

of the filesystem that are private to the Cyrus IMAP server. All user 

access to mail is through software using the IMAP, POP3 or KPOP 

protocols. It also includes support for virtual domains, NNTP, 

mailbox annotations, and much more. The private mailbox database design 

gives the server large advantages in efficiency, scalability and 

administratability. Multiple concurrent read/write connections to the 

same mailbox are permitted. The server supports access control lists on 

mailboxes and storage quotas on mailbox hierarchies. 

The Cyrus IMAP server supports the IMAP4rev1 protocol described 

in RFC 3501. IMAP4rev1 has been approved as a proposed standard. 

It supports any authentication mechanism available from the SASL 

library, imaps/pop3s/nntps (IMAP/POP3/NNTP encrypted using SSL and 

TLSv1) can be used for security. The server supports single instance 

store where possible when an email message is addressed to multiple 

recipients, SIEVE provides server side email filtering. 



dbus-1.0.0-6.el5 - dbus-1.1.2-12.el5 


Summary: D-BUS message bus 

Description:

D-BUS is a system for sending messages between applications. It is 

used both for the systemwide message bus service, and as a 

per-user-login-session messaging facility. 


doxygen 

libxslt 

xmlto 


dbus-glib-0.70-5 - dbus-glib-0.73-8.el5 


Summary: GLib bindings for D-Bus 

Description: 

D-Bus add-on library to integrate the standard D-Bus library with 

the GLib thread abstraction and main loop. 



desktop-printing-0.19-20.el5 - desktop-printing-0.19-20.2.el5 


Summary: Desktop print icon 

Description: 

Desktop-printing contains eggcups, a program for user print job 

notification and control. 



devhelp-0.12-11.el5 - devhelp-0.12-20.el5 


Summary: API document browser 

Description: 

An API document browser for GNOME 2. 


gecko-devel-unstable >= 1.9 


gecko-devel = 1.8.0.12 

device-mapper-1.02.20-1.el5 - device-mapper-1.02.28-2.el5 


Summary: device mapper library 



Description: 

This package contains the supporting userspace files (libdevmapper and 

dmsetup) for the device-mapper. 



device-mapper-multipath-0.4 .7-12.el5 - device-mapper-multipath-0.4 .7-23.el5 


Summary: Tools to manage multipath devices using device-mapper. 

Description: 

device-mapper-multipath provides tools to manage multipath devices by 

instructing the 

device-mapper multipath kernel module what to do. 

The tools are : 

* multipath : Scan the system for multipath devices and assemble them. 

* multipathd : Detects when paths fail and execs multipath to update 

things. 



dhcdbd-2.2-1.el5 - dhcdbd-2.2-2.el5 


Summary: DHCP D-BUS daemon (dhcdbd) controls dhclient sessions with 

D-BUS, stores and presents DHCP options. 

Description: 

dhcdbd provides a D-BUS interface to the ISC dhclient software. The 

daemon provides access to DHCP configuration operations and stores those 

options persistently. Other D-BUS applications can receive notifications 

of changes in the client's DHCP configuration. 



dhcp-3.0.5-7.el5 - dhcp-3.0.5-18.el5 


Summary: DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server and 

relay agent. 

Description:

DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a protocol which allows 

individual devices on an IP network to get their own network 

configuration information (IP address, subnetmask, broadcast address, 

etc.) from a DHCP server. The overall purpose of DHCP is to make it 

easier to administer a large network. The dhcp package includes the 

ISC DHCP service and relay agent. 

To use DHCP on your network, install a DHCP service (or relay agent), 

and on clients run a DHCP client daemon. The dhcp package provides 

the ISC DHCP service and relay agent. 



dhcpv6-0.10-33.el5 - dhcpv6-1.0.10-16.el5 


Summary: DHCPv6 - DHCP server and client for IPv6 

Description: 

Implements the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) for Internet 

Protocol version 6 (IPv6) networks in accordance with RFC 3315: Dynamic 

Host 

Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6). Consists of dhcp6s(8), the 

server 

DHCP daemon, and dhcp6r(8), the DHCPv6 relay agent. 

Install this package if you want to support dynamic configuration of IPv6 

addresses and parameters on your IPv6 network. 


kernel-headers 


openssl-devel 

diffstat-1.4 1-1.2.2 - diffstat-1.4 1-1.2.3.el5 


Summary: A utility which provides statistics based on the output of 

diff. 

Description: 

The diff command compares files line by line. Diffstat reads the 

output of the diff command and displays a histogram of the insertions, 

deletions and modifications in each file. Diffstat is commonly used 

to provide a summary of the changes in large, complex patch files. 

Install diffstat if you need a program which provides a summary of the 

diff command's output. You'll need to also install diffutils. 



diffutils-2.8.1-15.2.2 - diffutils-2.8.1-15.2.3.el5 

Group: Applications/Text 



Summary: A GNU collection of diff utilities. 

Description: 

Diffutils includes four utilities: diff, cmp, diff3 and sdiff. Diff 

compares two files and shows the differences, line by line. The cmp 

command shows the offset and line numbers where two files differ, or 

cmp can show the characters that differ between the two files. The 

diff3 command shows the differences between three files. Diff3 can be 

used when two people have made independent changes to a common 

original; diff3 can produce a merged file that contains both sets of 

changes and warnings about conflicts. The sdiff command can be used 

to merge two files interactively. 

Install diffutils if you need to compare text files. 



dmraid-1.0.0.rc13-4 .el5 - dmraid-1.0.0.rc13-33.el5 


Summary: dmraid (Device-mapper RAID tool and library) 

Description: 

DMRAID supports RAID device discovery, RAID set activation and display 

of 

properties for ATARAID on Linux >= 2.4 using device-mapper. 



dnsmasq-2.39-2.el5 - dnsmasq-2.4 5-1.el5_2.1 


Summary: A lightweight DHCP/caching DNS server 

Description: 

Dnsmasq is lightweight, easy to configure DNS forwarder and DHCP server. 

It is designed to provide DNS and, optionally, DHCP, to a small network. 

It can serve the names of local machines which are not in the global 

DNS. The DHCP server integrates with the DNS server and allows machines 

with DHCP-allocated addresses to appear in the DNS with names configured 

either in each host or in a central configuration file. Dnsmasq supports 

static and dynamic DHCP leases and BOOTP for network booting of diskless 

machines. 



dosfstools-2.11-6.2.el5 - dosfstools-2.11-7.el5 


Summary: Utilities for making and checking MS-DOS FAT filesystems 

on Linux. 

Description:

The dosfstools package includes the mkdosfs and dosfsck utilities, 

which respectively make and check MS-DOS FAT filesystems on hard 

drives or on floppies. 



dovecot-1.0-1.2.rc15.el5 - dovecot-1.0.7-7.el5 


Summary: Dovecot Secure imap server 

Description: 

Dovecot is an IMAP server for Linux/UNIX-like systems, written with 

security 

primarily in mind. It also contains a small POP3 server. It supports 

mail 

in either of maildir or mbox formats. 



dvgrab-2.0-1.2.2 - dvgrab-3.0-1.el5 


Summary: Utility to capture video from a DV camera 

Description: 

The dvgrab utility will capture digital video from a DV source on the 

firewire 

(IEEE-1394) bus. 



e2fsprogs-1.39-10.el5 - e2fsprogs-1.39-20.el5 


Summary: Utilities for managing the second and third extended 

(ext2/ext3) filesystems 

Description: 


The e2fsprogs package contains a number of utilities for creating, 

checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in second 

and third extended (ext2/ext3) filesystems. E2fsprogs contains 

e2fsck (used to repair filesystem inconsistencies after an unclean 

shutdown), mke2fs (used to initialize a partition to contain an 

empty ext2 filesystem), debugfs (used to examine the internal 

structure of a filesystem, to manually repair a corrupted 

filesystem, or to create test cases for e2fsck), tune2fs (used to 

modify filesystem parameters), and most of the other core ext2fs 

filesystem utilities. 

You should install the e2fsprogs package if you need to manage the 

performance of an ext2 and/or ext3 filesystem.




eclipse-3.2.1-18.el5 - eclipse-3.2.1-19.el5 

Group: Text Editors/Integrated Development Environments (IDE) 

Summary: An open, extensible IDE 

Description: 

The Eclipse Platform is designed for building integrated development 

environments (IDEs) that can be used to create applications as diverse 

as web sites, embedded Java(tm) programs, C++ programs, and Enterprise 

JavaBeans(tm). 



firefox-devel 

nspr-devel 

ed-0.2-38.2.2 - ed-0.2-39.el5_2 

Group: Applications/Text 

Summary: The GNU line editor. 

Description: 

Ed is a line-oriented text editor, used to create, display, and modify 

text files (both interactively and via shell scripts). For most 

purposes, ed has been replaced in normal usage by full-screen editors 

(emacs and vi, for example). 

Ed was the original UNIX editor, and may be used by some programs. In 

general, however, you probably don't need to install it and you probably 

won't use it. 



edac-utils-0.9-5.el5 - edac-utils-0.9-6.el5 


Summary: Userspace helper for kernel EDAC drivers 

Description: 

EDAC is the current set of drivers in the Linux kernel that handle 

detection of ECC errors from memory controllers for most chipsets 

on i386 and x86_64 architectures. This userspace component consists 

of an init script which makes sure EDAC drivers and DIMM labels 

are loaded at system startup, as well as a library and utility 

for reporting current error counts from the EDAC sysfs files. 



elfutils-0.125-3.el5 - elfutils-0.137-3.el5


Summary: A collection of utilities and DSOs to handle compiled 

objects 

Description: 

Elfutils is a collection of utilities, including ld (a linker), 

nm (for listing symbols from object files), size (for listing the 

section sizes of an object or archive file), strip (for discarding 

symbols), readelf (to see the raw ELF file structures), and elflint 

(to check for well-formed ELF files). 



emacs-21.4 -19.el5 - emacs-21.4 -20.el5 


Summary: GNU Emacs text editor 

Description: 

Emacs is a powerful, customizable, self-documenting, modeless text 

editor. Emacs contains special code editing features, a scripting 

language (elisp), and the capability to read mail, news, and more 

without leaving the editor. 

This package provides an emacs binary with support for X windows. 



emacspeak-23.0-2.1 - emacspeak-23.0-3.el5 


Summary: emacspeak -- The Complete Audio Desktop 

Description: 

Emacspeak is a speech interface that allows visually impaired users to 

interact independently and efficiently with the computer. Emacspeak has 

dramatically changed how the author and hundreds of blind and visually 

impaired users around the world interact with the personal computer and 

the Internet. A rich suite of task-oriented speech-enabled tools provides 

efficient speech-enabled access to the evolving semantic WWW. 

When combined with Linux running on low-cost PC hardware, 

Emacspeak/Linux provides a reliable, stable speech-friendly solution that 

opens up the Internet to visually impaired users around the world. 



enscript-1.6.4 -4 .1.el5 - enscript-1.6.4 -4 .1.1.el5_2 


Summary: A plain ASCII to PostScript converter. 

Description: 



GNU enscript is a free replacement for Adobe's Enscript 

program. Enscript converts ASCII files to PostScript(TM) and spools 

generated PostScript output to the specified printer or saves it to a 

file. Enscript can be extended to handle different output media and 

includes many options for customizing printouts. 



esc-1.0.0-32.el5 - esc-1.0.0-39.el5 


Summary: Enterprise Security Client Smart Card Client 

Description: 

Enterprise Security Client allows the user to enroll and manage their 

cryptographic smartcards. 


xulrunner 

xulrunner-devel 


ethtool-5-1.el5 - ethtool-6-2.el5 


Summary: Ethernet settings tool for PCI ethernet cards 

Description: 

This utility allows querying and changing of ethernet 

card settings, such as speed, port, autonegotiation, 

and PCI locations. 



evolution-data-server-1.8.0-25.el5 - evolution-data-server-1.12.3-6.el5_2.3 


Summary: Backend data server for Evolution 

Description: 

The evolution-data-server package provides a unified backend for 

programs 

that work with contacts, tasks, and calendar information. 

It was originally developed for Evolution (hence the name), but is now 

used 

by other packages. 


gtk-doc 

intltool >= 0.35.0 

openldap-evolution-devel

openssl-devel 


intltool 

openldap-devel >= 2.0.11 

file-4 .17-9.0.1.el5 - file-4 .17-15 


Summary: A utility for determining file types. 

Description: 

The file command is used to identify a particular file according to the 

type of data contained by the file. File can identify many different 

file types, including ELF binaries, system libraries, RPM packages, and 

different graphics formats. 

You should install the file package, since the file command is such a 

useful utility. 



filesystem-2.4 .0-1 - filesystem-2.4 .0-2 


Summary: The basic directory layout for a Linux system. 

Description: 

The filesystem package is one of the basic packages that is installed 

on a Red Hat Linux system. Filesystem contains the basic directory 

layout for a Linux operating system, including the correct permissions 

for the directories. 



findutils-4 .2.27-4 .1 - findutils-4 .2.27-5.el5 


Summary: The GNU versions of find utilities (find and xargs). 

Description: 

The findutils package contains programs which will help you locate 

files on your system. The find utility searches through a hierarchy 

of directories looking for files which match a certain set of criteria 

(such as a filename pattern). The xargs utility builds and executes 

command lines from standard input arguments (usually lists of file 

names generated by the find command). 

You should install findutils because it includes tools that are very 

useful for finding things on your system. 





firefox-1.5.0.12-3.el5 - firefox-3.0.5-1.el5_2 


Summary: Mozilla Firefox Web browser 

Description: 

Mozilla Firefox is an open-source web browser, designed for standards 

compliance, performance and portability. 


startup-notification-devel 

xulrunner-devel >= 1.9.0.5-1 

xulrunner-devel-unstable >= 1.9.0.5-1 


cairo-devel >= 0.5 

libjpeg-devel 

libpng-devel 

nspr-devel >= 4.6 

nss-devel >= 3.11.1 

zlib-devel 

firstboot-1.4 .27.3-1.el5 - firstboot-1.4 .27.7-1.el5 


Summary: Initial system configuration utility 

Description: 

The firstboot utility runs after installation. It guides the 

user through a series of steps that allows for easier 

configuration of the machine. 



flac-1.1.2-27 - flac-1.1.2-28.el5_0.1 


Summary: An encoder/decoder for the Free Lossless Audio Codec. 

Description: 

FLAC stands for Free Lossless Audio Codec. Grossly oversimplified, FLAC 

is similar to Ogg Vorbis, but lossless. The FLAC project consists of 

the stream format, reference encoders and decoders in library form, 

flac, a command-line program to encode and decode FLAC files, metaflac, 

a command-line metadata editor for FLAC files and input plugins for 

various music players. 



fontconfig-2.4 .1-6.el5 - fontconfig-2.4 .1-7.el5 

Group: System Environment/Libraries

Summary: Font configuration and customization library 

Description: 

Fontconfig is designed to locate fonts within the 

system and select them according to requirements specified by 

applications. 



fonts-indic-2.0.13-1.el5 - fonts-indic-2.3.1-1.el5 

Group: User Interface/X 

Summary: Free Indian truetype/opentype fonts 

Description: 

This package provides the Hindi, Bengali, Gujarati, Punjabi, Tamil, 

Kannada, Malayalam, Oriya, Telugu TrueType/Opentype fonts. 



freeradius-1.1.3-1.2.el5 - freeradius-1.1.3-1.4 .el5 


Summary: High-performance and highly configurable free RADIUS 

server. 

Description: 

The FreeRADIUS Server Project is a high performance and highly 

configurable 

GPL'd free RADIUS server. The server is similar in some respects to 

Livingston's 2.0 server. While FreeRADIUS started as a variant of the 

Cistron RADIUS server, they don't share a lot in common any more. It now 

has 

many more features than Cistron or Livingston, and is much more 

configurable. 

FreeRADIUS is an Internet authentication daemon, which implements the 

RADIUS 

protocol, as defined in RFC 2865 (and others). It allows Network Access 

Servers (NAS boxes) to perform authentication for dial-up users. There 

are 

also RADIUS clients available for Web servers, firewalls, Unix logins, 

and 

more. Using RADIUS allows authentication and authorization for a network 

to 

be centralized, and minimizes the amount of re-configuration which has 

to be 

done when adding or deleting new users. 



freetype-2.2.1-19.el5 - freetype-2.2.1-20.el5_2 




Summary: A free and portable font rendering engine 

Description: 

The FreeType engine is a free and portable font rendering 

engine, developed to provide advanced font support for a variety of 

platforms and environments. FreeType is a library which can open and 

manages font files as well as efficiently load, hint and render 

individual glyphs. FreeType is not a font server or a complete 

text-rendering library. 



ftp-0.17-33.fc6 - ftp-0.17-35.el5 


Summary: The standard UNIX FTP (File Transfer Protocol) client. 

Description: 

The ftp package provides the standard UNIX command-line FTP (File 

Transfer Protocol) client. FTP is a widely used protocol for 

transferring files over the Internet and for archiving files. 

If your system is on a network, you should install ftp in order to do 

file transfers. 



gcc-4 .1.2-14 .el5 - gcc-4 .1.2-4 4 .el5 


Summary: Various compilers (C, C++, Objective-C, Java, ...) 

Description: 

The gcc package contains the GNU Compiler Collection version 4.1. 

You'll need this package in order to compile C code. 


xulrunner-devel 


firefox-devel 

gd-2.0.33-9.3.fc6 - gd-2.0.33-9.4 .el5_1.1 


Summary: A graphics library for quick creation of PNG or JPEG 

images 

Description:

The gd graphics library allows your code to quickly draw images 

complete with lines, arcs, text, multiple colors, cut and paste from 

other images, and flood fills, and to write out the result as a PNG or 

JPEG file. This is particularly useful in Web applications, where PNG 

and JPEG are two of the formats accepted for inline images by most 

browsers. Note that gd is not a paint program. 



gdb-6.5-25.el5 - gdb-6.8-27.el5 


Summary: A GNU source-level debugger for C, C++, Java and other 

languages 

Description: 

GDB, the GNU debugger, allows you to debug programs written in C, C++, 

Java, and other languages, by executing them in a controlled fashion 

and printing their data. 


expat-devel 

readline-devel 


/lib/libc.so.6 

/lib64/libc.so.6 

/usr/lib/libc.so 

/usr/lib64/libc.so 

gdm-2.16.0-31.0.1.el5 - gdm-2.16.0-4 6.el5 


Summary: The GNOME Display Manager. 

Description: 

Gdm (the GNOME Display Manager) is a highly configurable 

reimplementation of xdm, the X Display Manager. Gdm allows you to log 

into your system with the X Window System running and supports running 

several different X sessions on your local machine at the same time. 



gedit-2.16.0-5.el5 - gedit-2.16.0-9.el5 


Summary: gEdit is a small but powerful text editor for GNOME 

Description: 



gEdit is a small but powerful text editor designed specifically for 

the GNOME GUI desktop. gEdit includes a plug-in API (which supports 

extensibility while keeping the core binary small), support for 

editing multiple documents using notebook tabs, and standard text 

editor functions. 

You'll need to have GNOME and GTK+ installed to use gEdit. 



gfs-kmod-0.1.19-7.el5 - gfs-kmod-0.1.31-3.el5 


Summary: gfs kernel modules 

Description: 

gfs - The Global File System is a symmetric, shared-disk, cluster file 

system. 


kernel-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-128.el5 

kernel-xen-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-128.el5 




gfs-utils-0.1.12-1.el5 - gfs-utils-0.1.18-1.el5 


Summary: Utilities for managing the global filesystem (GFS) 

Description: 

The gfs-utils package contains a number of utilities for creating, 

checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in GFS 

filesystems. 



gfs2-utils-0.1.38-1.el5 - gfs2-utils-0.1.53-1.el5 


Summary: Utilities for managing the global filesystem (GFS) 

Description: 

The gfs2-utils package contains a number of utilities for creating, 

checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in GFS 

filesystems. 



ghostscript-8.15.2-9.1.el5 - ghostscript-8.15.2-9.4 .el5


Summary: A PostScript(TM) interpreter and renderer. 

Description: 

Ghostscript is a set of software that provides a PostScript(TM) 

interpreter, a set of C procedures (the Ghostscript library, which 

implements the graphics capabilities in the PostScript language) and 

an interpreter for Portable Document Format (PDF) files. Ghostscript 

translates PostScript code into many common, bitmapped formats, like 

those understood by your printer or screen. Ghostscript is normally 

used to display PostScript files and to print PostScript files to 

non-PostScript printers. 

If you need to display PostScript files or print them to 

non-PostScript printers, you should install ghostscript. If you 

install ghostscript, you also need to install the ghostscript-fonts 

package. 



gimp-print-4 .2.7-22 - gimp-print-4 .2.7-22.2.el5 


Summary: A collection of high-quality printer drivers. 

Description: 

These drivers provide printing quality for UNIX/Linux in many cases 

equal 

to or better than proprietary vendor-supplied drivers, and can be used 

for 

many of the most demanding printing tasks. 



glibc-2.5-18 - glibc-2.5-34 


Summary: The GNU libc libraries. 

Description: 

The glibc package contains standard libraries which are used by 

multiple programs on the system. In order to save disk space and 

memory, as well as to make upgrading easier, common system code is 

kept in one place and shared between programs. This particular package 

contains the most important sets of shared libraries: the standard C 

library and the standard math library. Without these two libraries, a 

Linux system will not function. 



gnbd-1.1.5-1.el5 - gnbd-1.1.7-1.el5 




Summary: GFS's Network Block Device 

Description: 

gnbd - GFS's Network Block Device 



gnbd-kmod-0.1.4 -12.el5 - gnbd-kmod-0.1.5-2.el5 


Summary: gnbd kernel modules 

Description: 

gnbd - The Global Network Block Device 







gnome-panel-2.16.1-6.el5 - gnome-panel-2.16.1-7.el5 


Summary: GNOME panel 

Description: 

The GNOME panel provides the window list, workspace switcher, menus, and 

other 

features for the GNOME desktop. 



gnome-power-manager-2.16.0-8.el5 - gnome-power-manager-2.16.0-10.el5 


Summary: GNOME Power Manager 

Description: 

GNOME Power Manager uses the information and facilities provided by HAL 

displaying icons and handling user callbacks in an interactive GNOME 

session. 

GNOME Power Preferences allows authorised users to set policy and 

change preferences. 



gnome-python2-desktop-2.16.0-1.fc6 - gnome-python2-desktop-2.16.0-2.el5


Summary: The sources for additional PyGNOME Python extension 

modules for the GNOME desktop 

Description: 

The gnome-python-desktop package contains the source packages for 

additional 

Python bindings for GNOME. It should be used together with gnome-python. 



gnome-python2-extras-2.14 .2-4 .fc6 - gnome-python2-extras-2.14 .2-6.el5 


Summary: The sources for additional. PyGNOME Python extension 

modules. 

Description: 

The gnome-python-extra package contains the source packages for 

additional 

Python bindings for GNOME. It should be used together with gnome-python. 




firefox-devel >= 1.5.0.5 

gnome-screensaver-2.16.1-5.el5 - gnome-screensaver-2.16.1-8.el5 

Group: Amusements/Graphics 

Summary: GNOME Screensaver 

Description: 

gnome-screensaver is a screen saver and locker that aims to have 

simple, sane, secure defaults and be well integrated with the desktop. 


libXxf86misc-devel 

libXxf86vm-devel 


gnome-terminal-2.16.0-3.el5 - gnome-terminal-2.16.0-5.3.el5 


Summary: GNOME Terminal 

Description: 

GNOME terminal emulator application. 





gnome-utils-2.16.0-3.el5 - gnome-utils-2.16.0-5.el5 


Summary: GNOME utility programs 

Description: 

GNOME (GNU Network Object Model Environment) is a user-friendly set of 

GUI applications and desktop tools to be used in conjunction with a 

window manager for the X Window System. The gnome-utils package 

includes a set of small "desk accessory" utility applications for GNOME. 



gnome-volume-manager-2.15.0-4 .el5 - gnome-volume-manager-2.15.0-5.el5 


Summary: The GNOME Volume Manager 

Description: 

The GNOME Volume Manager monitors volume-related events and responds 

with 

user-specified policy. The GNOME Volume Manager can automount hotplugged 

drives, automount inserted removable media, autorun programs, 

automatically 

play audio CDs and video DVDs, and automatically import photos from a 

digital 

camera. The GNOME Volume Manager does this entirely in user-space and 

without 

polling. 

The GNOME Voume Manager sits at the top end of a larger picture that aims 

to 

integrate the Linux system from the kernel on up through the desktop and 

its 

applications. 



gnupg-1.4 .5-13 - gnupg-1.4 .5-14 


Summary: A GNU utility for secure communication and data storage. 

Description: 

GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard) is a GNU utility for encrypting data and 

creating digital signatures. GnuPG has advanced key management 

capabilities and is compliant with the proposed OpenPGP Internet 

standard described in RFC2440. Since GnuPG doesn't use any patented 

algorithm, it is not compatible with any version of PGP2 (PGP2.x uses 

only IDEA for symmetric-key encryption, which is patented worldwide). 


No removed dependencies

gnuplot-4 .0.0-12 - gnuplot-4 .0.0-14 .el5 

Group: Applications/Engineering 

Summary: A program for plotting mathematical expressions and data. 

Description: 

Gnuplot is a command-line driven, interactive function plotting 

program especially suited for scientific data representation. Gnuplot 

can be used to plot functions and data points in both two and three 

dimensions and in many different formats. 

Install gnuplot if you need a graphics package for scientific data 

representation. 


gd-devel 


gnutls-1.4 .1-2 - gnutls-1.4 .1-3.el5_2.1 


Summary: A TLS protocol implementation. 

Description: 

GnuTLS is a project that aims to develop a library which provides a 

secure 

layer, over a reliable transport layer. Currently the GnuTLS library 

implements 

the proposed standards by the IETF's TLS working group. 



grub-0.97-13 - grub-0.97-13.2 


Summary: GRUB - the Grand Unified Boot Loader. 

Description: 

GRUB (Grand Unified Boot Loader) is an experimental boot loader 

capable of booting into most free operating systems - Linux, FreeBSD, 

NetBSD, GNU Mach, and others as well as most commercial operating 

systems. 



gstreamer-0.10.9-3.el5 - gstreamer-0.10.20-3.el5 


Summary: GStreamer streaming media framework runtime 

Description: 



GStreamer is a streaming media framework, based on graphs of filters 

which 

operate on media data. Applications using this library can do anything 

from real-time sound processing to playing videos, and just about 

anything 

else media-related. Its plugin-based architecture means that new data 

types or processing capabilities can be added simply by installing new 

plugins. 


PyXML 

autoconf 

automake 

docbook-style-dsssl 

docbook-style-xsl 

docbook-utils 

gettext-devel 

ghostscript 

jadetex 

libtool 

libxslt 

netpbm-progs 

openjade 

python2 

tetex-dvips 

transfig 

xfig 


gstreamer-plugins-base-0.10.9-6.el5 - gstreamer-plugins-base-0.10.20-3.el5 


Summary: GStreamer streaming media framework base plug-ins 

Description: 


which 



anything 



plug-ins. 

This package contains a set of well-maintained base plug-ins. 


autoconf 

automake 

gnome-vfs2-devel 

gstreamer-devel >= 0.10.20 


gnome-vfs2-devel > 1.9.4.00

gstreamer-devel >= 0.10.6 

liboil-devel >= 0.3.2 

gstreamer-plugins-good-0.10.4 -4 .el5 - gstreamer-plugins-good-0.10.9-1.el5 


Summary: GStreamer plug-ins with good code and licensing 

Description: 


which 



anything 



plug-ins. 

GStreamer Good Plug-ins is a collection of well-supported plug-ins of 

good quality and under the LGPL license. 



gthumb-2.7.8-5.el5 - gthumb-2.7.8-8.el5 


Summary: Image viewer, editor, organizer 

Description: 

gthumb is an application for viewing, editing, and organizing 

collections of images. 



gtk2-2.10.4 -19.el5 - gtk2-2.10.4 -20.el5 


Summary: The GIMP ToolKit (GTK+), a library for creating GUIs for X 

Description: 

GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user 

interfaces. Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for 

projects ranging from small one-off tools to complete application 

suites. 



gtkhtml3-3.12.0-1.fc6 - gtkhtml3-3.16.3-1.el5 


Summary: gtkhtml library 

Description: 



GtkHTML is a lightweight HTML rendering/printing/editing engine. It 

was originally based on KHTMLW, but is now being developed 

independently of it. 


intltool >= 0.35.0 


intltool 

libgnomeprint22-devel >= 2.7.1 

libgnomeprintui22-devel >= 2.7.1 

gzip-1.3.5-9.el5 - gzip-1.3.5-10.el5 


Summary: The GNU data compression program. 

Description: 

The gzip package contains the popular GNU gzip data compression 

program. Gzipped files have a .gz extension. 

Gzip should be installed on your Red Hat Linux system, because it is a 

very commonly used data compression program. 



hal-0.5.8.1-25.el5 - hal-0.5.8.1-38.el5 


Summary: Hardware Abstraction Layer 

Description: 

HAL is daemon for collection and maintaining information from several 

sources about the hardware on the system. It provides a live device 

list through D-BUS. 


gperf >= 3.0.1 


hal-cups-utils-0.6.2-5 - hal-cups-utils-0.6.2-5.2.el5 


Summary: Halified CUPS utilities 

Description: 

Halified utilities for CUPS: 

- hal_lpadmin 

- hal CUPS backend 



hplip-1.6.7-4 .1.el5 - hplip-1.6.7-4 .1.el5_2.4 


Summary: HP Linux Imaging and Printing Project 

Description: 

The Hewlett-Packard Linux Imaging and Printing Project provides 

drivers for HP printers and multi-function peripherals. 


openssl-devel 


htdig-3.2.0b6-9.el5 - htdig-3.2.0b6-9.0.1.el5_1 


Summary: ht://Dig - Web search engine 

Description: 

The ht://Dig system is a complete world wide web indexing and searching 

system for a small domain or intranet. This system is not meant to 

replace 

the need for powerful internet-wide search systems like Lycos, Infoseek, 

Webcrawler and AltaVista. Instead it is meant to cover the search needs 

for 

a single company, campus, or even a particular sub section of a web 

site. As 

opposed to some WAIS-based or web-server based search engines, ht://Dig 

can 

span several web servers at a site. The type of these different web 

servers 

doesn't matter as long as they understand the HTTP 1.0 protocol. 

ht://Dig is also used by KDE to search KDE's HTML documentation. 

ht://Dig was developed at San Diego State University as a way to search 

the 

various web servers on the campus network. 



htmlview-4 .0.0-1.el5 - htmlview-4 .0.0-2.el5 


Summary: Launcher of Preferred Web Browser 

Description: 

htmlview and launchmail are tools for launching Preferred Applications. 

This package exists for compatibility reasons and is likely to be 

removed 

later when equivalent functionality is implemented elsewhere. 



httpd-2.2.3-11.el5 - httpd-2.2.3-22.el5 




Summary: Apache HTTP Server 

Description: 

The Apache HTTP Server is a powerful, efficient, and extensible 

web server. 



hwbrowser-0.30-1.el5 - hwbrowser-0.30-2.el5 


Summary: A hardware browser. 

Description: 

A browser for your current hardware configuration. 



hwdata-0.211-1 - hwdata-0.213.11-1.el5 


Summary: Hardware identification and configuration data 

Description: 

hwdata contains various hardware identification and configuration data, 

such as the pci.ids database and MonitorsDb databases. 



ibutils-1.2-2.el5 - ibutils-1.2-9.el5 


Summary: OpenIB Mellanox InfiniBand Diagnostic Tools 

Description: 

ibutils provides IB network and path diagnostics. 


autoconf 

libibumad-devel 

libtool 

opensm-devel >= 3.2.0 


opensm-devel >= 3.0.3 

icu-3.6-5.11 - icu-3.6-5.11.1 


Summary: International Components for Unicode 

Description: 

The International Components for Unicode (ICU) libraries provide 

robust and full-featured Unicode services on a wide variety of 

platforms. ICU supports the most current version of the Unicode 

standard, and they provide support for supplementary Unicode 

characters (needed for GB 18030 repertoire support). 

As computing environments become more heterogeneous, software 

portability becomes more important. ICU lets you produce the same 

results across all the various platforms you support, without 

sacrificing performance. It offers great flexibility to extend and 

customize the supplied services. 



initscripts-8.4 5.17.EL-1 - initscripts-8.4 5.25-1.el5 


Summary: The inittab file and the /etc/init.d scripts. 

Description: 

The initscripts package contains the basic system scripts used to boot 

your Red Hat system, change runlevels, and shut the system down 

cleanly. Initscripts also contains the scripts that activate and 

deactivate most network interfaces. 



inn-2.4 .3-6.fc6 - inn-2.4 .3-8.el5 


Summary: The InterNetNews (INN) system, an Usenet news server. 

Description: 

INN (InterNetNews) is a complete system for serving Usenet news and/or 

private newsfeeds. INN includes innd, an NNTP (NetNews Transport 

Protocol) server, and nnrpd, a newsreader that is spawned for each 

client. Both innd and nnrpd vary slightly from the NNTP protocol, but 

not in ways that are easily noticed. 

Install the inn package if you need a complete system for serving and 

reading Usenet news. You may also need to install inn-devel, if you 

are going to use a separate program which interfaces to INN, like 

newsgate or tin. 



iproute-2.6.18-4 .el5 - iproute-2.6.18-9.el5 


Summary: Advanced IP routing and network device configuration tools. 

Description: 



The iproute package contains networking utilities (ip and rtmon, for 

example) which are designed to use the advanced networking 

capabilities of the Linux 2.4.x and 2.6.x kernel. 



iprutils-2.2.6-1.el5 - iprutils-2.2.8-2.el5 


Summary: Utilities for the IBM Power Linux RAID adapters 

Description: 

Provides a suite of utilities to manage and configure SCSI devices 

supported by the ipr SCSI storage device driver. 



ipsec-tools-0.6.5-8.el5 - ipsec-tools-0.6.5-13.el5 


Summary: Tools for configuring and using IPSEC 

Description: 

This is the IPsec-Tools package. You need this package in order to 

really use the IPsec functionality in the linux-2.5+ kernels. This 

package builds: 

- setkey, a program to directly manipulate policies and SAs 

- racoon, an IKEv1 keying daemon 


kernel-headers >= 2.6.18-92 


iptables-1.3.5-1.2.1 - iptables-1.3.5-4 .el5 


Summary: Tools for managing Linux kernel packet filtering 

capabilities. 

Description: 

The iptables utility controls the network packet filtering code in the 

Linux kernel. If you need to set up firewalls and/or IP masquerading, 

you should install this package. 



iputils-20020927-4 3.el5 - iputils-20020927-4 5.el5 


Summary: Network monitoring tools including ping.

Description: 

The iputils package contains basic utilities for monitoring a network, 

including ping. The ping command sends a series of ICMP protocol 

ECHO_REQUEST packets to a specified network host to discover whether 

the target machine is alive and receiving network traffic. 



irqbalance-0.55-6.el5 - irqbalance-0.55-10.el5 


Summary: IRQ balancing daemon. 

Description: 

irqbalance is a daemon that evenly distributes IRQ load across 

multiple CPUs for enhanced performance. 



iscsi-initiator-utils-6.2.0.865-0.8.el5 - iscsi-initiator-utils-6.2.0.868-0.18.el5 


Summary: iSCSI daemon and utility programs 

Description: 

The iscsi package provides the server daemon for the iSCSI protocol, 

as well as the utility programs used to manage it. iSCSI is a protocol 

for distributed disk access using SCSI commands sent over Internet 

Protocol networks. 


bison 

flex 


isdn4 k-utils-3.2-50.1 - isdn4 k-utils-3.2-51.el5 


Summary: Utilities for configuring an ISDN subsystem. 

Description: 

The isdn4k-utils package contains a collection of utilities needed for 

configuring an ISDN subsystem. 



jakarta-commons-collections-3.1-6jpp.1 - jakarta-commons-collections-3.2-2jpp.3 

Group: Development/Libraries/Java 

Summary: Jakarta Commons Collections Package 



Description: 

The introduction of the Collections API by Sun in JDK 1.2 has been a 

boon to quick and effective Java programming. Ready access to powerful 

data structures has accelerated development by reducing the need for 

custom container classes around each core object. Most Java2 APIs are 

significantly easier to use because of the Collections API. 

However, there are certain holes left unfilled by Sun's 

implementations, and the Jakarta-Commons Collections Component strives 

to fulfill them. Among the features of this package are: 

- special-purpose implementations of Lists and Maps for fast access 

- adapter classes from Java1-style containers (arrays, enumerations) to 

Java2-style collections. 

- methods to test or create typical set-theory properties of collections 

such as union, intersection, and closure. 


xml-commons-apis >= 1.3 


java-1.4 .2-gcj-compat-1.4 .2.0-4 0jpp.112 - java-1.4 .2-gcj-compat-1.4 .2.0-4 0jpp.115 


Summary: JPackage runtime scripts for GCJ 

Description: 

This package installs directory structures, shell scripts and symbolic 

links to simulate a JPackage-compatible runtime environment with GCJ. 



kbd-1.12-19.el5 - kbd-1.12-21.el5 


Summary: Tools for configuring the console (keyboard, virtual 

terminals, etc.) 

Description: 

The kbd package contains tools for managing a Linux 

system's console's behavior, including the keyboard, the screen 

fonts, the virtual terminals and font files. 



kdeadmin-3.5.4 -2.fc6 - kdeadmin-3.5.4 -3.el5 


Summary: Administrative tools for KDE. 

Description:

The kdeadmin package includes administrative tools for the K Desktop 

Environment (KDE) including: 

kcron - Crontab editor 

kdat - Tape backup tool 

kuser - Frontend for configuring users and user groups 



kdebase-3.5.4 -13.6.el5 - kdebase-3.5.4 -19.el5 


Summary: K Desktop Environment - core files 

Description: 

Core applications for the K Desktop Environment. Included are: kdm 

(replacement for xdm), kwin (window manager), konqueror (filemanager, 

web browser, ftp client, ...), konsole (xterm replacement), kpanel 

(application starter and desktop pager), kaudio (audio server), 

kdehelp (viewer for kde help files, info and man pages), kthememgr 

(system for managing alternate theme packages) plus other KDE 

components (kcheckpass, kikbd, kscreensaver, kcontrol, kfind, 

kfontmanager, kmenuedit). 


libutempter-devel 


kdebindings-3.5.4 -1.fc6 - kdebindings-3.5.4 -6.el5 


Summary: KDE bindings to non-C++ languages 

Description: 

KDE/DCOP bindings to non-C++ languages 



perl >= 5.8.8 


perl >= 5.8 

kdelibs-3.5.4 -13.el5 - kdelibs-3.5.4 -18.el5 


Summary: K Desktop Environment - Libraries 

Description: 


Libraries for the K Desktop Environment: 

KDE Libraries included: kdecore (KDE core library), kdeui (user 

interface), 

kfm (file manager), khtmlw (HTML widget), kio (Input/Output, networking), 

kspell (spelling checker), jscript (javascript), kab (addressbook), 

kimgio (image manipulation).




kdenetwork-3.5.4 -4 .fc6 - kdenetwork-3.5.4 -8.el5 


Summary: K Desktop Environment - Network Applications 

Description: 

Networking applications for the K Desktop Environment. 




kernel-2.6.18-53.el5 - kernel-2.6.18-128.el5 


Summary: The Linux kernel (the core of the Linux operating system) 

Description: 

The kernel package contains the Linux kernel (vmlinuz), the core of any 

Linux operating system. The kernel handles the basic functions 

of the operating system: memory allocation, process allocation, device 

input and output, etc. 



kexec-tools-1.101-194 .4 .el5 - kexec-tools-1.102pre-56.el5 


Summary: The kexec/kdump userspace component. 

Description: 

kexec-tools provides /sbin/kexec binary that facilitates a new 

kernel to boot using the kernel's kexec feature either on a 

normal or a panic reboot. This package contains the /sbin/kexec 

binary and ancillary utilities that together form the userspace 

component of the kernel's kexec feature. 



krb5-1.6.1-17.el5 - krb5-1.6.1-31.el5 


Summary: The Kerberos network authentication system. 

Description: 

Kerberos V5 is a trusted-third-party network authentication system, 

which can improve your network's security by eliminating the insecure 

practice of cleartext passwords.



ksh-20060214 -1.4 - ksh-20080202-2.el5 

Group: Applications/Shells 

Summary: The Original ATT Korn Shell 

Description: 

KSH-93 is the most recent version of the KornShell by David Korn of 

AT&T Bell Laboratories. 

KornShell is a shell programming language, which is upward compatible 

with "sh" (the Bourne Shell). 



kudzu-1.2.57.1.15-1 - kudzu-1.2.57.1.21-1 


Summary: The Red Hat Linux hardware probing tool. 

Description: 

Kudzu is a hardware probing tool run at system boot time to determine 

what hardware has been added or removed from the system. 



lam-7.1.2-8.fc6 - lam-7.1.2-14 .el5 


Summary: The LAM (Local Area Multicomputer) programming 

environment. 

Description: 



LAM (Local Area Multicomputer) is an Message-Passing Interface (MPI) 

programming environment and development system for heterogeneous 

computers on a network. With LAM/MPI, a dedicated cluster or an 

existing network computing infrastructure can act as one parallel 

computer to solve one problem. LAM/MPI is considered to be "cluster 

friendly" because it offers daemon-based process startup/control as 

well as fast client-to-client message passing protocols. LAM/MPI can 

use TCP/IP and/or shared memory for message passing (different RPMs 

are supplied for this -- see the main LAM website at 

http://www.mpi.nd.edu/lam/ for details).< 

LAM features a full implementation of MPI version 1 (with the 

exception that LAM does not support cancelling of sends), and much of 

version 2. Compliant applications are source code portable between LAM 

and any other implementation of MPI. In addition to meeting the 

standard, LAM/MPI offers extensive monitoring capabilities to support 

debugging. Monitoring happens on two levels: On one level, LAM/MPI has 

the hooks to allow a snapshot of a process and message status to be 

taken at any time during an application run. The status includes all 

aspects of synchronization plus datatype map/signature, communicator 

group membership and message contents (see the XMPI application on the 

main LAM website). On the second level, the MPI library can produce a 

cumulative record of communication, which can be visualized either at 

runtime or post-mortem. 



libX11-1.0.3-8.0.1.el5 - libX11-1.0.3-9.el5 


Summary: X.Org X11 libX11 runtime library 

Description: 

X.Org X11 libX11 runtime library 



libXfont-1.2.2-1.0.2.el5 - libXfont-1.2.2-1.0.3.el5_1 


Summary: X.Org X11 libXfont runtime library 

Description: 

X.Org X11 libXfont runtime library 



libao-0.8.6-5 - libao-0.8.6-7 


Summary: Cross Platform Audio Output Library. 

Description:

Libao is a cross platform audio output library. It currently supports 

ESD, OSS, Solaris, and IRIX. 



libchewing-0.3.0-7.el5 - libchewing-0.3.0-8.el5 


Summary: Intelligent phonetic input method library for Traditional 

Chinese 

Description: 

libchewing is an intelligent phonetic input method library for Chinese. 

It provides the core algorithm and logic that can be used by various 

input methods. The Chewing input method is a smart bopomofo phonetics 

input method that is useful for inputting Mandarin Chinese. 



libdhcp-1.20-2.el5 - libdhcp-1.20-6.el5 


Summary: A library for network interface configuration with DHCP 

Description: 

libdhcp enables programs to invoke and control the Dynamic Host 

Configuration 

Protocol (DHCP) clients: the Internet Software Consortium (ISC) IPv4 DHCP 

client library, libdhcp4client, and the IPv6 DHCPv6 client library, 

libdhcp6client, and provides Network Interface Configuration (NIC) 

services 

for network parameter autoconfiguration with DHCP. 


dhcp-devel >= 12:3.0.5-13 

libdhcp4client-devel >= 12:3.0.5-13 

libdhcp6client-devel >= 1.0.9-1 


dhcp-devel 

libdhcp4client-devel >= 12:3.0.4-17 

libdhcp6client-devel 

liberation-fonts-0.2-2.el5 - liberation-fonts-1.0-1.el5 


Summary: Fonts to replace commonly used Microsoft Windows Fonts 

Description: 


The Liberation Fonts are intended to be replacements for the three 

most commonly used fonts on Microsoft systems: Times New Roman, 

Arial, and Courier New.




libexif-0.6.13-4 .0.2.el5 - libexif-0.6.13-4 .0.2.el5_1.1 


Summary: Library for extracting extra information from image files 

Description: 

Most digital cameras produce EXIF files, which are JPEG files with 

extra tags that contain information about the image. The EXIF library 

allows you to parse an EXIF file and read the data from those tags. 



libgcrypt-1.2.3-1 - libgcrypt-1.2.4 -1.el5 


Summary: A general-purpose cryptography library. 

Description: 

Libgcrypt is a general purpose crypto library based on the code used 

in GNU Privacy Guard. This is a development version. 



libgnomeprint22-2.12.1-9.el5 - libgnomeprint22-2.12.1-10.el5 


Summary: Printing library for GNOME. 

Description: 

GNOME (GNU Network Object Model Environment) is a user-friendly set of 

applications and desktop tools to be used in conjunction with a window 

manager for the X Window System. The gnome-print package contains 

libraries and fonts needed by GNOME applications for printing. 

You should install the gnome-print package if you intend to use any of 

the GNOME applications that can print. If you would like to develop 

GNOME applications that can print you will also need to install the 

gnome-print devel package. 



libhugetlbfs-1.0.1-1.el5 - libhugetlbfs-1.3-3.el5 


Summary: Library to access the Huge TLB Filesystem 

Description:

The libhugetlbfs library interacts with the Linux hugetlbfs to make large 

pages 

available to applications in a transparent manner. 



libica-1.3.7-5.el5 - libica-1.3.7-8.el5 


Summary: A library of functions for accessing ICA hardware crypto on 

IBM zSeries 

Description: 

A library of functions for accessing ICA hardware crypto on IBM zSeries 


autoconf 

automake 

libtool 


libnl-1.0-0.10.pre5.4 - libnl-1.0-0.10.pre5.5 


Summary: Convenience library for kernel netlink sockets 

Description: 

This package contains a convenience library to simplify 

using the Linux kernel's netlink sockets interface for 

network manipulation 



libpng-1.2.10-7.0.2 - libpng-1.2.10-7.1.el5_0.1 


Summary: A library of functions for manipulating PNG image format 

files 

Description: 

The libpng package contains a library of functions for creating and 

manipulating PNG (Portable Network Graphics) image format files. PNG 

is a bit-mapped graphics format similar to the GIF format. PNG was 

created to replace the GIF format, since GIF uses a patented data 

compression algorithm. 

Libpng should be installed if you need to manipulate PNG format image 

files. 





libraw1394 -1.2.1-1.fc6 - libraw1394 -1.3.0-1.el5 


Summary: Library providing low-level IEEE-1394 access 

Description: 

The libraw1394 library provides direct access to the IEEE-1394 bus 

through 

the Linux 1394 subsystem's raw1394 user space interface. 


autoconf 

automake 

libtool 


librtas-1.2.4 -3.el5 - librtas-1.3.3-1.el5 


Summary: Libraries to provide access to RTAS calls and RTAS events 

Description: 

The librtas shared library provides userspace with an interface 

through which certain RTAS calls can be made. The library uses 

either of the RTAS User Module or the RTAS system call to direct 

the kernel in making these calls. 

The librtasevent shared library provides users with a set of 

definitions and common routines useful in parsing and dumping 

the contents of RTAS events. 



libselinux-1.33.4 -4 .el5 - libselinux-1.33.4 -5.1.el5 


Summary: SELinux library and simple utilities 

Description: 










libselinux provides an API for SELinux applications to get and set 

process and file security contexts and to obtain security policy 

decisions. Required for any applications that use the SELinux API. 



libtiff-3.8.2-7.el5 - libtiff-3.8.2-7.el5_2.2 


Summary: Library of functions for manipulating TIFF format image 

files 

Description: 

The libtiff package contains a library of functions for manipulating 

TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) image format files. TIFF is a widely 

used file format for bitmapped images. TIFF files usually end in the 

.tif extension and they are often quite large. 

The libtiff package should be installed if you need to manipulate TIFF 

format image files. 



libuser-0.54 .7-2.el5.2 - libuser-0.54 .7-2.el5.5 


Summary: A user and group account administration library. 

Description: 

The libuser library implements a standardized interface for manipulating 

and administering user and group accounts. The library uses pluggable 

back-ends to interface to its data sources. 

Sample applications modeled after those included with the shadow 

password 

suite are included. 



libutempter-1.1.4 -3.fc6 - libutempter-1.1.4 -4 .el5 


Summary: A privileged helper for utmp/wtmp updates 

Description: 

This library provides interface for terminal emulators such as 

screen and xterm to record user sessions to utmp and wtmp files. 



libvirt-0.2.3-9.el5 - libvirt-0.3.3-14 .el5 


Summary: Library providing a simple API virtualization 

Description: 




avahi-devel 

bridge-utils 

dnsmasq 

gnutls-devel 


/sbin/iptables 

libsysfs-devel 

libvorbis-1.1.2-3.el5.0 - libvorbis-1.1.2-3.el5_1.2 


Summary: The Vorbis General Audio Compression Codec. 

Description: 

Ogg Vorbis is a fully open, non-proprietary, patent-and royalty-free, 

general-purpose compressed audio format for audio and music at fixed 

and variable bitrates from 16 to 128 kbps/channel. 

The libvorbis package contains runtime libraries for use in programs 

that support Ogg Voribs. 



libxml2-2.6.26-2.1.2 - libxml2-2.6.26-2.1.2.7 


Summary: Library providing XML and HTML support 

Description: 

This library allows to manipulate XML files. It includes support 

to read, modify and write XML and HTML files. There is DTDs support 

this includes parsing and validation even with complex DtDs, either 

at parse time or later once the document has been modified. The output 

can be a simple SAX stream or and in-memory DOM like representations. 

In this case one can use the built-in XPath and XPointer implementation 

to select subnodes or ranges. A flexible Input/Output mechanism is 

available, with existing HTTP and FTP modules and combined to an 

URI library. 



libxslt-1.1.17-2 - libxslt-1.1.17-2.el5_2.2 


Summary: Library providing the Gnome XSLT engine 

Description:

This C library allows to transform XML files into other XML files 

(or HTML, text, ...) using the standard XSLT stylesheet transformation 

mechanism. To use it you need to have a version of libxml2 >= 2.6.25 

installed. The xsltproc command is a command line interface to the XSLT 

engine 



linuxwacom-0.7.4 .3-2.el5 - linuxwacom-0.7.8.3-5.el5 


Summary: Wacom Drivers from Linux Wacom Project 

Description: 

The Linux Wacom Project manages the drivers, libraries, and 

documentation for configuring and running Wacom tablets under the 

Linux operating system. It contains diagnostic applications as well as 

X.org XInput drivers. 


desktop-file-utils 

tcl-devel 

tk-devel 


lm_sensors-2.10.0-3.1 - lm_sensors-2.10.7-4 .el5 


Summary: Hardware monitoring tools. 

Description: 

The lm_sensors package includes a collection of modules for general 

SMBus 

access and hardware monitoring. NOTE: this requires special support which 

is not in standard 2.2-vintage kernels. 



logrotate-3.7.4 -7 - logrotate-3.7.4 -9 


Summary: Rotates, compresses, removes and mails system log files. 

Description: 


The logrotate utility is designed to simplify the administration of 

log files on a system which generates a lot of log files. Logrotate 

allows for the automatic rotation compression, removal and mailing of 

log files. Logrotate can be set to handle a log file daily, weekly, 

monthly or when the log file gets to a certain size. Normally, 

logrotate runs as a daily cron job. 

Install the logrotate package if you need a utility to deal with the 

log files on your system.




logwatch-7.3-5 - logwatch-7.3-6.el5 


Summary: A log file analysis program 

Description: 

Logwatch is a customizable, pluggable log-monitoring system. It will go 

through your logs for a given period of time and make a report in the 

areas 

that you wish with the detail that you wish. Easy to use - works right out 

of the package on many systems. 



ltrace-0.5-6.4 5svn.fc6 - ltrace-0.5-7.4 5svn.el5 


Summary: Tracks runtime library calls from dynamically linked 

executables. 

Description: 

Ltrace is a debugging program which runs a specified command until the 

command exits. While the command is executing, ltrace intercepts and 

records both the dynamic library calls called by the executed process 

and the signals received by the executed process. Ltrace can also 

intercept and print system calls executed by the process. 

You should install ltrace if you need a sysadmin tool for tracking the 

execution of processes. 



lvm2-2.02.26-3.el5 - lvm2-2.02.4 0-6.el5 


Summary: Userland logical volume management tools 

Description: 

LVM2 includes all of the support for handling read/write operations on 

physical volumes (hard disks, RAID-Systems, magneto optical, etc., 

multiple devices (MD), see mdadd(8) or even loop devices, see 

losetup(8)), creating volume groups (kind of virtual disks) from one 

or more physical volumes and creating one or more logical volumes 

(kind of logical partitions) in volume groups. 


device-mapper >= 1.02.28-2 


device-mapper >= 1.02.20-1

lvm2-cluster-2.02.26-1.el5 - lvm2-cluster-2.02.4 0-7.el5 


Summary: Cluster extensions for userland logical volume management 

tools 

Description: 

Extensions to LVM2 to support clusters. 





lynx-2.8.5-28.1 - lynx-2.8.5-28.1.el5_2.1 


Summary: A text-based Web browser. 

Description: 

Lynx is a text-based Web browser. Lynx does not display any images, 

but it does support frames, tables, and most other HTML tags. One 

advantage Lynx has over graphical browsers is speed; Lynx starts and 

exits quickly and swiftly displays webpages. 



m17n-db-1.3.3-4 6.el5 - m17n-db-1.3.3-4 8.el5 


Summary: Multilingualization datafiles for m17n-lib 

Description: 

This package contains multilingualization (m17n) datafiles for m17n-lib 

which describe input maps, encoding maps, and OpenType font data 

for many languages. 



m2crypto-0.16-6.el5.1 - m2crypto-0.16-6.el5.3 


Summary: Support for using OpenSSL in python scripts 

Description: 

This package allows you to call OpenSSL functions from python scripts. 



mailman-2.1.9-2 - mailman-2.1.9-4 .el5 




Summary: Mailing list manager with built in Web access. 

Description: 

Mailman is software to help manage email discussion lists, much like 

Majordomo and Smartmail. Unlike most similar products, Mailman gives 

each mailing list a webpage, and allows users to subscribe, 

unsubscribe, etc. over the Web. Even the list manager can administer 

his or her list entirely from the Web. Mailman also integrates most 

things people want to do with mailing lists, including archiving, mail 

news gateways, and so on. 

Documentation can be found in: /usr/share/doc/mailman-2.1.9 

When the package has finished installing, you will need to perform some 

additional installation steps, these are described in: 

/usr/share/doc/mailman-2.1.9/INSTALL.REDHAT 



make-3.81-1.1 - make-3.81-3.el5 


Summary: A GNU tool which simplifies the build process for users. 

Description: 

A GNU tool for controlling the generation of executables and other 

non-source files of a program from the program's source files. Make 

allows users to build and install packages without any significant 

knowledge about the details of the build process. The details about 

how the program should be built are provided for make in the program's 

makefile. 

The GNU make tool should be installed on your system because it is 

commonly used to simplify the process of installing programs. 



man-pages-2.39-10.el5 - man-pages-2.39-12.el5 


Summary: Man (manual) pages from the Linux Documentation Project. 

Description: 

A large collection of man pages (documentation) from the Linux 

Documentation Project (LDP). 



man-pages-ja-20060815-5 - man-pages-ja-20060815-9.el5 


Summary: Japanese man (manual) pages from the Japanese Manual

Project 

Description: 

Japanese Manual pages, translated by JM-Project (Japanese Manual Project). 



mcstrans-0.2.6-1.el5 - mcstrans-0.2.11-3.el5 


Summary: SELinux Translation Daemon 

Description: 










mcstrans provides an translation daemon to translate SELinux categories 

from internal representations to user defined representation. 



mdadm-2.5.4 -3.el5 - mdadm-2.6.4 -1.el5 


Summary: mdadm controls Linux md devices (software RAID arrays) 

Description: 

mdadm is used to create, manage, and monitor Linux MD (software RAID) 

devices. As such, it provides similar functionality to the raidtools 

package. However, mdadm is a single program, and it can perform 

almost all functions without a configuration file, though a configuration 

file can be used to help with some common tasks. 



mesa-6.5.1-7.5.el5 - mesa-6.5.1-7.7.el5 


Summary: Mesa graphics libraries 

Description: 

Mesa 





metacity-2.16.0-8.el5 - metacity-2.16.0-12.el5 


Summary: Metacity window manager 

Description: 

Metacity is a simple window manager that integrates nicely with 

GNOME 2. 



microcode_ctl-1.17-1.4 2.el5 - microcode_ctl-1.17-1.4 7.el5 


Summary: Tool to update x86/x86-64 CPU microcode. 

Description: 

microcode_ctl - updates the microcode on Intel x86/x86-64 CPU's 



mkinitrd-5.1.19.6-19 - mkinitrd-5.1.19.6-4 4 


Summary: Creates an initial ramdisk image for preloading modules. 

Description: 

Mkinitrd creates filesystem images for use as initial ramdisk (initrd) 

images. These ramdisk images are often used to preload the block 

device modules (SCSI or RAID) needed to access the root filesystem. 

In other words, generic kernels can be built without drivers for any 

SCSI adapters which load the SCSI driver as a module. Since the 

kernel needs to read those modules, but in this case it isn't able to 

address the SCSI adapter, an initial ramdisk is used. The initial 

ramdisk is loaded by the operating system loader (normally LILO) and 

is available to the kernel as soon as the ramdisk is loaded. The 

ramdisk image loads the proper SCSI adapter and allows the kernel to 

mount the root filesystem. The mkinitrd program creates such a 

ramdisk using information found in the /etc/modules.conf file. 


libdhcp-devel >= 1.20-6 


libdhcp-devel >= 1.9 

mlocate-0.15-1.el5 - mlocate-0.15-1.el5.1 


Summary: An utility for finding files by name 

Description:

mlocate is a locate/updatedb implementation. It keeps a database of 

all existing files and allows you to lookup files by name. 

The 'm' stands for "merging": updatedb reuses the existing database to 

avoid 

rereading most of the file system, which makes updatedb faster and does 

not 

trash the system caches as much as traditional locate implementations. 



mod_nss-1.0.3-4 .el5 - mod_nss-1.0.3-6.el5 


Summary: SSL/TLS module for the Apache HTTP server 

Description: 

The mod_nss module provides strong cryptography for the Apache Web 

server via the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer 

Security (TLS) protocols using the Network Security Services (NSS) 

security library. 



mod_perl-2.0.2-6.3.el5 - mod_perl-2.0.4 -6.el5 


Summary: An embedded Perl interpreter for the Apache HTTP Server 

Description: 

Mod_perl incorporates a Perl interpreter into the Apache web server, 

so that the Apache web server can directly execute Perl code. 

Mod_perl links the Perl runtime library into the Apache web server and 

provides an object-oriented Perl interface for Apache's C language 

API. The end result is a quicker CGI script turnaround process, since 

no external Perl interpreter has to be started. 

Install mod_perl if you're installing the Apache web server and you'd 

like for it to directly incorporate a Perl interpreter. 


perl 

perl(ExtUtils::Embed) 


perl >= 1:5.6.1 

module-init-tools-3.3-0.pre3.1.34 .el5 - module-init-tools-3.3-0.pre3.1.4 2.el5 


Summary: Kernel module management utilities. 

Description: 



The modutils package includes various programs needed for automatic 

loading and unloading of modules under 2.6 and later kernels, as well 

as other module management programs. Device drivers and filesystems 

are two examples of loaded and unloaded modules. 



mozldap-6.0.4 -1.el5 - mozldap-6.0.5-1.el5 


Summary: Mozilla LDAP C SDK 

Description: 

The Mozilla LDAP C SDK is a set of libraries that 

allow applications to communicate with LDAP directory 

servers. These libraries are derived from the University 

of Michigan and Netscape LDAP libraries. They use Mozilla 

NSPR and NSS for crypto. 



mysql-5.0.22-2.1.0.1 - mysql-5.0.4 5-7.el5 

Group: Applications/Databases 

Summary: MySQL client programs and shared libraries. 

Description: 

MySQL is a multi-user, multi-threaded SQL database server. MySQL is a 

client/server implementation consisting of a server daemon (mysqld) 

and many different client programs and libraries. The base package 

contains the MySQL client programs, the client shared libraries, and 

generic MySQL files. 


gawk 


nautilus-2.16.2-6.el5 - nautilus-2.16.2-7.el5 


Summary: Nautilus is a file manager for GNOME. 

Description: 

Nautilus integrates access to files, applications, media, 

Internet-based resources and the Web. Nautilus delivers a dynamic and 

rich user experience. Nautilus is an free software project developed 

under the GNU General Public License and is a core component of the 

GNOME desktop project. 



neon-0.25.5-5.1 - neon-0.25.5-10.el5


Summary: An HTTP and WebDAV client library 

Description: 

neon is an HTTP and WebDAV client library, with a C interface; 

providing a high-level interface to HTTP and WebDAV methods along 

with a low-level interface for HTTP request handling. neon 

supports persistent connections, proxy servers, basic, digest and 

Kerberos authentication, and has complete SSL support. 



net-snmp-5.3.1-19.el5 - net-snmp-5.3.2.2-5.el5 


Summary: A collection of SNMP protocol tools and libraries. 

Description: 

SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol used for 

network management. The NET-SNMP project includes various SNMP tools: 

an extensible agent, an SNMP library, tools for requesting or setting 

information from SNMP agents, tools for generating and handling SNMP 

traps, a version of the netstat command which uses SNMP, and a Tk/Perl 

mib browser. This package contains the snmpd and snmptrapd daemons, 

documentation, etc. 

You will probably also want to install the net-snmp-utils package, 

which contains NET-SNMP utilities. 

Building option: 

--without tcp_wrappers : disable tcp_wrappers support 



net-tools-1.60-73 - net-tools-1.60-78.el5 


Summary: Basic networking tools. 

Description: 

The net-tools package contains basic networking tools, including 

ifconfig, netstat, route, and others. 



newt-0.52.2-9 - newt-0.52.2-12.el5 


Summary: A development library for text mode user interfaces. 

Description: 



Newt is a programming library for color text mode, widget based user 

interfaces. Newt can be used to add stacked windows, entry widgets, 

checkboxes, radio buttons, labels, plain text fields, scrollbars, 

etc., to text mode user interfaces. This package also contains the 

shared library needed by programs built with newt, as well as a 

/usr/bin/dialog replacement called whiptail. Newt is based on the 

slang library. 



nfs-utils-1.0.9-24 .el5 - nfs-utils-1.0.9-4 0.el5 


Summary: NFS utilities and supporting clients and daemons for the 

kernel NFS server. 

Description: 

The nfs-utils package provides a daemon for the kernel NFS server and 

related tools, which provides a much higher level of performance than 

the 

traditional Linux NFS server used by most users. 

This package also contains the showmount program. Showmount queries the 

mount daemon on a remote host for information about the NFS (Network 

File 

System) server on the remote host. For example, showmount can display 

the 

clients which are mounted on that host. 

This package also contains the mount.nfs and umount.nfs program. 


tcp_wrappers 


notification-daemon-0.3.5-8.el5 - notification-daemon-0.3.5-9.el5 


Summary: Notification Daemon 

Description: 

notification-daemon is the server implementation of the freedesktop.org 

desktop 

notification specification. 



nspr-4 .6.5-3.el5 - nspr-4 .7.3-2.el5 


Summary: Netscape Portable Runtime 

Description:

NSPR provides platform independence for non-GUI operating system 

facilities. These facilities include threads, thread synchronization, 

normal file and network I/O, interval timing and calendar time, basic 

memory management (malloc and free) and shared library linking. 



nss-3.11.7-1.3.el5 - nss-3.12.2.0-2.el5 


Summary: Network Security Services 

Description: 

Network Security Services (NSS) is a set of libraries designed to 

support cross-platform development of security-enabled client and 

server applications. Applications built with NSS can support SSL v2 

and v3, TLS, PKCS #5, PKCS #7, PKCS #11, PKCS #12, S/MIME, X.509 

v3 certificates, and other security standards. 


nspr-devel >= 4.6.99 

zlib-devel 


nspr-devel >= 4.6.2 

nss_db-2.2-35.1 - nss_db-2.2-35.3 


Summary: An NSS library for the Berkeley DB. 

Description: 

Nss_db is a set of C library extensions which allow Berkeley Databases 

to be used as a primary source of aliases, ethers, groups, hosts, 

networks, protocol, users, RPCs, services, and shadow passwords 

(instead of or in addition to using flat files or NIS). Install nss_db 

if your flat name service files are too large and lookups are slow. 



nss_ldap-253-5.el5 - nss_ldap-253-17.el5 


Summary: NSS library and PAM module for LDAP. 

Description: 



This package includes two LDAP access clients: nss_ldap and pam_ldap. 

Nss_ldap is a set of C library extensions that allow X.500 and LDAP 

directory servers to be used as a primary source of aliases, ethers, 

groups, hosts, networks, protocol, users, RPCs, services, and shadow 

passwords (instead of or in addition to using flat files or NIS). 

Pam_ldap is a module for Linux-PAM that supports password changes, V2 

clients, Netscape's SSL, ypldapd, Netscape Directory Server password 

policies, access authorization, and crypted hashes. 


fipscheck-devel 

keyutils-libs-devel 

libselinux-devel 


ntp-4 .2.2p1-7.el5 - ntp-4 .2.2p1-9.el5 


Summary: Synchronizes system time using the Network Time Protocol 

(NTP). 

Description: 

The Network Time Protocol (NTP) is used to synchronize a computer's 

time with another reference time source. The ntp package contains 

utilities and daemons that will synchronize your computer's time to 

Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) via the NTP protocol and NTP servers. 

The ntp package includes ntpdate (a program for retrieving the date 

and time from remote machines via a network) and ntpd (a daemon which 

continuously adjusts system time). 

Install the ntp package if you need tools for keeping your system's 

time synchronized via the NTP protocol. 


perl-HTML-Parser 


numactl-0.9.8-2.el5 - numactl-0.9.8-7.el5 


Summary: library for tuning for Non Uniform Memory Access machines 

Description: 

Simple NUMA policy support. It consists of a numactl program to run 

other programs with a specific NUMA policy and a libnuma to do 

allocations with NUMA policy in applications. 



oddjob-0.27-7 - oddjob-0.27-9.el5 


Summary: A D-BUS service which runs odd jobs on behalf of client

applications 

Description: 

oddjob is a D-BUS service which performs particular tasks for clients 

which 

connect to it and issue requests using the system-wide message bus. 



openCryptoki-2.2.4 -16.el5 - openCryptoki-2.2.4 -22.el5 

Group: Productivity/Security 

Summary: Implementation of Cryptoki v2.11 for IBM Crypto Hardware 

Description: 

The PKCS#11 Version 2.11 api implemented for the IBM Crypto cards. 

This package includes support for the IBM 4758 Cryptographic 

CoProcessor (with the PKCS#11 firmware loaded) and the IBM eServer 

Cryptographic Accelerator (FC 4960 on pSeries) 


trousers-devel 


openais-0.80.3-7.el5 - openais-0.80.3-22.el5 


Summary: The openais Standards-Based Cluster Framework executive 

and APIs 

Description: 

This package contains the openais executive, openais service handlers, 

default configuration files and init script. 



openhpi-2.8.1-2.el5.7 - openhpi-2.10.2-1.el5 


Summary: openhpi Hardware Platform Interface (HPI) library and 

tools 

Description: 



OpenHPI is an open source project created with the intent of providing an 

implementation of the SA Forum's Hardware Platform Interface (HPI). HPI 

provides an abstracted interface to managing computer hardware, 

typically for 

chassis and rack based servers. HPI includes resource modeling; access to 

and 

control over sensor, control, watchdog, and inventory data associated 

with 

resources; abstracted System Event Log interfaces; hardware events and 

alerts; 

and a managed hotswap interface. 

OpenHPI provides a modular mechanism for adding new hardware and device 

support 

easily. Many plugins exist in the OpenHPI source tree to provide access 

to 

various types of hardware. This includes, but is not limited to, IPMI 

based 

servers, Blade Center, and machines which export data via sysfs. 



openib-1.2-6.el5 - openib-1.3.2-0.20080728.0355.3.el5 


Summary: OpenIB Infiniband Driver Stack 

Description: 

User space initialization scripts for the kernel InfiniBand drivers 



autoconf 

automake 


libtool 

pciutils-devel 

zlib-devel 

openldap-2.3.27-8 - openldap-2.3.4 3-3.el5 


Summary: The configuration files, libraries, and documentation for 

OpenLDAP. 

Description: 

OpenLDAP is an open source suite of LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access 

Protocol) applications and development tools. LDAP is a set of 

protocols for accessing directory services (usually phone book style 

information, but other information is possible) over the Internet, 

similar to the way DNS (Domain Name System) information is propagated 

over the Internet. The openldap package contains configuration files, 

libraries, and documentation for OpenLDAP. 



openmotif-2.3.0-0.3.el5 - openmotif-2.3.1-2.el5 


Summary: Open Motif runtime libraries and executables. 

Description: 

This is the Open Motif 2.3.1 runtime environment. It includes the 

Motif shared libraries, needed to run applications which are dynamically 

linked against Motif, and the Motif Window Manager "mwm". 



openmpi-1.2.3-4 .el5 - openmpi-1.2.7-6.el5 


Summary: Open Message Passing Interface 

Description: 

Open MPI is an open source, freely available implementation of both the 

MPI-1 and MPI-2 standards, combining technologies and resources from 

several other projects (FT-MPI, LA-MPI, LAM/MPI, and PACX-MPI) in 

order to build the best MPI library available. A completely new MPI-2 

compliant implementation, Open MPI offers advantages for system and 

software vendors, application developers, and computer science 

researchers. For more information, see http://www.open-mpi.org/ . 


compat-dapl-devel 


dapl-devel 


openssh-4 .3p2-24 .el5 - openssh-4 .3p2-29.el5 


Summary: The OpenSSH implementation of SSH protocol versions 1 and 

2 

Description: 


SSH (Secure SHell) is a program for logging into and executing 

commands on a remote machine. SSH is intended to replace rlogin and 

rsh, and to provide secure encrypted communications between two 

untrusted hosts over an insecure network. X11 connections and 

arbitrary TCP/IP ports can also be forwarded over the secure channel. 

OpenSSH is OpenBSD's version of the last free version of SSH, bringing 

it up to date in terms of security and features, as well as removing 

all patented algorithms to separate libraries. 

This package includes the core files necessary for both the OpenSSH 

client and server. To make this package useful, you should also 

install openssh-clients, openssh-server, or both.



openssl-devel >= 0.9.8e 


openssl-devel 

openssl-0.9.8b-8.3.el5_0.2 - openssl-0.9.8e-7.el5 


Summary: The OpenSSL toolkit 

Description: 

The OpenSSL toolkit provides support for secure communications between 

machines. OpenSSL includes a certificate management tool and shared 

libraries which provide various cryptographic algorithms and 

protocols. 


fipscheck 


openssl097a-0.9.7a-9 - openssl097a-0.9.7a-9.el5_2.1 


Summary: The OpenSSL toolkit 

Description: 

The OpenSSL toolkit provides support for secure communications between 

machines. OpenSSL includes a certificate management tool and shared 

libraries which provide various cryptographic algorithms and 

protocols. 



oprofile-0.9.2-6.el5 - oprofile-0.9.3-18.el5 


Summary: System wide profiler 

Description: 

OProfile is a profiling system for systems running Linux. The 

profiling runs transparently during the background, and profile data 

can be collected at any time. OProfile makes use of the hardware 

performance 

counters provided on Intel P6, and AMD Athlon family processors, and can 

use 

the RTC for profiling on other x86 processor types. 

See the HTML documentation for further details. 



pam-0.99.6.2-3.26.el5 - pam-0.99.6.2-4 .el5


Summary: A security tool which provides authentication for 

applications 

Description: 

PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) is a system security tool that 

allows system administrators to set authentication policy without 

having to recompile programs that handle authentication. 


audit-libs-devel >= 1.6.5 

kernel-headers >= 2.6.18-114 


audit-libs-devel >= 1.0.8 

pam_krb5-2.2.14 -1 - pam_krb5-2.2.14 -10 


Summary: A Pluggable Authentication Module for Kerberos 5. 

Description: 

This is pam_krb5, a pluggable authentication module that can be used with 

Linux-PAM and Kerberos 5. This module supports password checking, ticket 

creation, and optional TGT verification and conversion to Kerberos IV 

tickets. 

The included pam_krb5afs module also gets AFS tokens if so configured. 


autoconf 

automake 

libtool 


paps-0.6.6-17.el5 - paps-0.6.6-18.el5 


Summary: Plain Text to PostScript converter 

Description: 

paps is a PostScript converter from plain text file using Pango. 



parted-1.8.1-12.el5 - parted-1.8.1-23.el5 


Summary: The GNU disk partition manipulation program 

Description: 



The GNU Parted program allows you to create, destroy, resize, move, 

and copy hard disk partitions. Parted can be used for creating space 

for new operating systems, reorganizing disk usage, and copying data 

to new hard disks. 



patch-2.5.4 -29.2.2 - patch-2.5.4 -29.2.3.el5 


Summary: The GNU patch command, for modifying/upgrading files. 

Description: 

The patch program applies diff files to originals. The diff command 

is used to compare an original to a changed file. Diff lists the 

changes made to the file. A person who has the original file can then 

use the patch command with the diff file to add the changes to their 

original file (patching the file). 

Patch should be installed because it is a common way of upgrading 

applications. 



pciutils-2.2.3-4 - pciutils-2.2.3-5 


Summary: PCI bus related utilities. 

Description: 

The pciutils package contains various utilities for inspecting and 

setting devices connected to the PCI bus. The utilities provided 

require kernel version 2.1.82 or newer (which support the 

/proc/bus/pci interface). 



pcre-6.6-1.1 - pcre-6.6-2.el5_1.7 


Summary: Perl-compatible regular expression library 

Description: 

Perl-compatible regular expression library. 

PCRE has its own native API, but a set of "wrapper" functions that are 

based on 

the POSIX API are also supplied in the library libpcreposix. Note that 

this 

just provides a POSIX calling interface to PCRE: the regular expressions 

themselves still follow Perl syntax and semantics. The header file 

for the POSIX-style functions is called pcreposix.h. 



pcsc-lite-1.3.1-7 - pcsc-lite-1.4 .4 -0.1.el5 


Summary: PC/SC Lite smart card framework and applications 

Description: 

The purpose of PC/SC Lite is to provide a Windows(R) SCard interface 

in a very small form factor for communicating to smartcards and 

readers. PC/SC Lite uses the same winscard API as used under 

Windows(R). This package includes the PC/SC Lite daemon, a resource 

manager that coordinates communications with smart card readers and 

smart cards that are connected to the system, as well as other command 

line tools. 



perl-5.8.8-10 - perl-5.8.8-18.el5 


Summary: The Perl programming language 

Description: 

Perl is a high-level programming language with roots in C, sed, awk 

and shell scripting. Perl is good at handling processes and files, 

and is especially good at handling text. Perl's hallmarks are 

practicality and efficiency. While it is used to do a lot of 

different things, Perl's most common applications are system 

administration utilities and web programming. A large proportion of 

the CGI scripts on the web are written in Perl. You need the perl 

package installed on your system so that your system can handle Perl 

scripts. 

Install this package if you want to program in Perl or enable your 

system to handle Perl scripts. 



perl-DBD-MySQL-3.0007-1.fc6 - perl-DBD-MySQL-3.0007-2.el5 


Summary: A MySQL interface for perl 

Description: 

An implementation of DBI for MySQL for Perl. 


perl-DBI >= 1.52-2 


perl(DBI) 

perl-DBD-Pg-1.4 9-1.fc6 - perl-DBD-Pg-1.4 9-2.el5 




Summary: A PostgresSQL interface for perl 

Description: 

An implementation of DBI for PostgreSQL for Perl. 


perl-DBI >= 1.52-2 


perl-DBI >= 1.38 

perl-DBI-1.52-1.fc6 - perl-DBI-1.52-2.el5 


Summary: A database access API for perl 

Description: 

DBI is a database access Application Programming Interface (API) for 

the Perl Language. The DBI API Specification defines a set of 

functions, variables and conventions that provide a consistent 

database interface independent of the actual database being used. 



pfmon-3.2-0.060926.4 .el5 - pfmon-3.2-0.060926.5.el5 


Summary: a performance monitoring tool for Linux/ia64 

Description: 

This package contains pfmon 3.x, a tool to monitor performance using 

the Performance Monitor Unit (PMU). Pfmon can monitor 

standalone programs or the entire system on both UP and SMP Linux 

systems. 

This version 

of pfmon requires a kernel perfmon-2.x (found in 2.6 kernels) subsystem 

to 

function properly. 



php-5.1.6-15.el5 - php-5.1.6-23.el5 


Summary: The PHP HTML-embedded scripting language. (PHP: Hypertext 

Preprocessor) 

Description:

PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language. PHP attempts to make it 

easy for developers to write dynamically generated webpages. PHP also 

offers built-in database integration for several commercial and 

non-commercial database management systems, so writing a 

database-enabled webpage with PHP is fairly simple. The most common 

use of PHP coding is probably as a replacement for CGI scripts. 

The php package contains the module which adds support for the PHP 

language to Apache HTTP Server. 



php-pear-1.4 .9-4 - php-pear-1.4 .9-4 .el5.1 

Group: System 

Summary: PHP Extension and Application Repository framework 

Description: 

PEAR is a framework and distribution system for reusable PHP 

components. This package contains the basic PEAR components. 



piranha-0.8.4 -7.el5 - piranha-0.8.4 -11.el5 


Summary: Cluster administation tools 

Description: 

Various tools to administer and configure the Linux Virtual Server as 

well as 

heartbeating and failover components. The LVS is a dynamically adjusted 

kernel routing mechanism that provides load balancing primarily for web 

and ftp servers though other services are supported. 



pirut-1.2.10-1.el5 - pirut-1.3.28-13.el5 


Summary: Package Installation, Removal and Update Tools 

Description: 

pirut (pronounced "pirate") provides a set of graphical tools for 

managing 

software. 



pkgconfig-0.21-1.fc6 - pkgconfig-0.21-2.el5 




Summary: A tool for determining compilation options. 

Description: 

The pkgconfig tool determines compilation options. For each required 

library, it reads the configuration file and outputs the necessary 

compiler and linker flags. 



pkinit-nss-0.7.3-1.el5 - pkinit-nss-0.7.6-1.el5 


Summary: PKINIT for MIT Kerberos 

Description: 

The pkinit-nss package implements the PKINIT standard for MIT Kerberos. 

It 

does so using the Mozilla NSS library. 



pm-utils-0.99.3-6.el5.17 - pm-utils-0.99.3-10.el5 


Summary: Power management utilities and scripts for Fedora Core 

Description: 

The pm-utils package contains utilities and scripts for Fedora Core 

useful for power management. 



policycoreutils-1.33.12-12.el5 - policycoreutils-1.33.12-14 .2.el5 


Summary: SELinux policy core utilities. 

Description:










policycoreutils contains the policy core utilities that are required 

for basic operation of a SELinux system. These utilities include 

load_policy to load policies, setfiles to label filesystems, newrole 

to switch roles, and run_init to run /etc/init.d scripts in the proper 

context. 



poppler-0.5.4 -4 .1.el5 - poppler-0.5.4 -4 .4 .el5_1 


Summary: PDF rendering library 

Description: 

Poppler, a PDF rendering library, it's a fork of the xpdf PDF 

viewer developed by Derek Noonburg of Glyph and Cog, LLC. 



postfix-2.3.3-2 - postfix-2.3.3-2.1.el5_2 


Summary: Postfix Mail Transport Agent 

Description: 

Postfix is a Mail Transport Agent (MTA), supporting LDAP, SMTP AUTH 

(SASL), 

TLS 



postgresql-8.1.9-1.el5 - postgresql-8.1.11-1.el5_1.1 

Group: Applications/Databases 

Summary: PostgreSQL client programs and libraries. 

Description: 



PostgreSQL is an advanced Object-Relational database management system 

(DBMS) that supports almost all SQL constructs (including 

transactions, subselects and user-defined types and functions). The 

postgresql package includes the client programs and libraries that 

you'll need to access a PostgreSQL DBMS server. These PostgreSQL 

client programs are programs that directly manipulate the internal 

structure of PostgreSQL databases on a PostgreSQL server. These client 

programs can be located on the same machine with the PostgreSQL 

server, or may be on a remote machine which accesses a PostgreSQL 

server over a network connection. This package contains the docs 

in HTML for the whole package, as well as command-line utilities for 

managing PostgreSQL databases on a PostgreSQL server. 

If you want to manipulate a PostgreSQL database on a remote PostgreSQL 

server, you need this package. You also need to install this package 

if you're installing the postgresql-server package. 



ppc64 -utils-0.11-2 - ppc64 -utils-0.11-10.el5 


Summary: Linux/PPC64 specific utilities 

Description: 

A collection of utilities for Linux on PPC64 platforms. 


db4-devel 

librtas-devel >= 1.3.3 

libstdc++-devel 

libtool 

sg3_utils-devel 

zlib-devel 


librtas-devel 

ppp-2.4 .4 -1.el5 - ppp-2.4 .4 -2.el5 


Summary: The PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) daemon. 

Description: 

The ppp package contains the PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) daemon and 

documentation for PPP support. The PPP protocol provides a method for 

transmitting datagrams over serial point-to-point links. PPP is 

usually used to dial in to an ISP (Internet Service Provider) or other 

organization over a modem and phone line. 



prelink-0.3.9-2.1 - prelink-0.4 .0-2.el5


Summary: An ELF prelinking utility 

Description: 

The prelink package contains a utility which modifies ELF shared 

libraries 

and executables, so that far fewer relocations need to be resolved at 

runtime 

and thus programs come up faster. 



privoxy-3.0.3-9.2.2 - privoxy-3.0.3-9.3.el5 


Summary: Privoxy - privacy enhancing proxy 

Description: 

Privoxy is a web proxy with advanced filtering capabilities for 

protecting privacy, filtering web page content, managing cookies, 

controlling access, and removing ads, banners, pop-ups and other 

obnoxious Internet junk. Privoxy has a very flexible configuration and 

can be customized to suit individual needs and tastes. Privoxy has 

application 

for both stand-alone systems and multi-user networks. 

Privoxy is based on the Internet Junkbuster. 


pcre-devel 


procps-3.2.7-8.1.el5 - procps-3.2.7-11.1.el5 


Summary: System and process monitoring utilities. 

Description: 


The procps package contains a set of system utilities that provide 

system information. Procps includes ps, free, skill, pkill, pgrep, 

snice, tload, top, uptime, vmstat, w, watch and pdwx. The ps command 

displays a snapshot of running processes. The top command provides 

a repetitive update of the statuses of running processes. The free 

command displays the amounts of free and used memory on your 

system. The skill command sends a terminate command (or another 

specified signal) to a specified set of processes. The snice 

command is used to change the scheduling priority of specified 

processes. The tload command prints a graph of the current system 

load average to a specified tty. The uptime command displays the 

current time, how long the system has been running, how many users 

are logged on, and system load averages for the past one, five, 

and fifteen minutes. The w command displays a list of the users 

who are currently logged on and what they are running. The watch 

program watches a running program. The vmstat command displays 

virtual memory statistics about processes, memory, paging, block 

I/O, traps, and CPU activity. The pwdx command reports the current 

working directory of a process or processes.




psacct-6.3.2-4 1.1 - psacct-6.3.2-4 4 .el5 


Summary: Utilities for monitoring process activities. 

Description: 

The psacct package contains several utilities for monitoring process 

activities, including ac, lastcomm, accton and sa. The ac command 

displays statistics about how long users have been logged on. The 

lastcomm command displays information about previous executed 

commands. The accton command turns process accounting on or off. The 

sa command summarizes information about previously executed 

commands. 



psmisc-22.2-5 - psmisc-22.2-6 


Summary: Utilities for managing processes on your system. 

Description: 

The psmisc package contains utilities for managing processes on your 

system: pstree, killall and fuser. The pstree command displays a tree 

structure of all of the running processes on your system. The killall 

command sends a specified signal (SIGTERM if nothing is specified) to 

processes identified by name. The fuser command identifies the PIDs 

of processes that are using specified files or filesystems. 



pygtk2-2.10.1-8.el5 - pygtk2-2.10.1-12.el5 


Summary: Python bindings for the GTK+ widget set. 

Description: 

PyGTK is an extension module for python that gives you access to the GTK+ 

widget set. Just about anything you can write in C with GTK+ you can 

write 

in python with PyGTK (within reason), but with all the benefits of 

python. 



pykickstart-0.4 3-1.el5 - pykickstart-0.4 3.3-1.el5 


Summary: A python library for manipulating kickstart files 

Description: 

The pykickstart package is a python library for manipulating kickstart 

files. 



python-2.4 .3-19.el5 - python-2.4 .3-24 .el5 


Summary: An interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming 

language. 

Description: 

Python is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming 

language often compared to Tcl, Perl, Scheme or Java. Python includes 

modules, classes, exceptions, very high level dynamic data types and 

dynamic typing. Python supports interfaces to many system calls and 

libraries, as well as to various windowing systems (X11, Motif, Tk, 

Mac and MFC). 

Programmers can write new built-in modules for Python in C or C++. 

Python can be used as an extension language for applications that need 

a programmable interface. This package contains most of the standard 

Python modules, as well as modules for interfacing to the Tix widget 

set for Tk and RPM. 

Note that documentation for Python is provided in the python-docs 

package. 



python-pyblock-0.26-1.el5 - python-pyblock-0.26-3.el5 


Summary: Python modules for dealing with block devices 

Description: 

The pyblock contains Python modules for dealing with block devices. 


dmraid-devel >= 1.0.0.rc13-14 


dmraid-devel >= 1.0.0.rc11-FC6.3 

python-urlgrabber-3.1.0-2 - python-urlgrabber-3.1.0-5.el5 


Summary: A high-level cross-protocol url-grabber 

Description: 



A high-level cross-protocol url-grabber for python supporting HTTP, FTP 

and file locations. Features include keepalive, byte ranges, throttling, 

authentication, proxies and more. 



python-virtinst-0.103.0-3.el5 - python-virtinst-0.300.2-12.el5 


Summary: Python modules for starting Xen guest installations 

Description: 

virtinst is a module to help in starting installations of Fedora/Red 

Hat Enterprise Linux related distributions inside of virtual machines. It 

supports both paravirt guests (for which only FC and RHEL guests are 

currently supported) as well as fully virtualized guests. It uses 

libvirt (http://www.libvirt.org) for starting things. 

Also contained is a simple script virt-install which uses 

virtinst in a command line mode. 


gettext 

python 


python-devel 

quota-3.13-1.2.3.2.el5 - quota-3.13-1.2.5.el5 


Summary: System administration tools for monitoring users' disk 

usage. 

Description: 

The quota package contains system administration tools for monitoring 

and limiting user and or group disk usage per filesystem. 



rdate-1.4 -6 - rdate-1.4 -8.el5 


Summary: Tool for getting the date/time from a remote machine. 

Description: 

The rdate utility retrieves the date and time from another machine on 

your network, using the protocol described in RFC 868. If you run 

rdate as root, it will set your machine's local time to the time of 

the machine that you queried. 



desktop-1.4 .1-4 - rdesktop-1.4 .1-6 


Summary: X client for remote desktop into Windows Terminal Server 

Description: 

rdesktop is an open source client for Windows NT Terminal Server and 

Windows 2000 & 2003 Terminal Services, capable of natively speaking 

Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) in order to present the user's NT 

desktop. Unlike Citrix ICA, no server extensions are required. 



redhat-menus-6.7.8-2.el5 - redhat-menus-6.7.8-3.el5 


Summary: Configuration and data files for the desktop menus 

Description: 

This package contains the XML files that describe the menu layout for 

GNOME and KDE, and the .desktop files that define the names and icons 

of "subdirectories" in the menus. 



redhat-release-5Server-5.1.0.2 - redhat-release-5Server-5.3.0.3 


Summary: Red Hat Enterprise Linux release file 

Description: 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux release files 



redhat-release-notes-5Server-9 - redhat-release-notes-5Server-25 


Summary: Red Hat Enterprise Linux release notes files 

Description: 

Red Hat Enterprise Linux release notes files. 



redhat-rpm-config-8.0.4 5-22.el5 - redhat-rpm-config-8.0.4 5-29.el5 




Summary: Red Hat specific rpm configuration files. 

Description: 

Red Hat specific rpm configuration files. 



rgmanager-2.0.31-1.el5 - rgmanager-2.0.4 6-1.el5 


Summary: Open Source HA Resource Group Failover for Red Hat 

Enterprise Linux 

Description: 

Red Hat Resource Group Manager provides high availability of critical 

server 

applications in the event of planned or unplanned system downtime. 


slang-devel 


rhel-instnum-1.0.7-1.el5 - rhel-instnum-1.0.9-1.el5 


Summary: A library for decoding RHEL installation numbers 

Description: 

rhel-instnum provides methods for decoding RHEL installation numbers 



python 

rhn-client-tools-0.4 .16-1.el5 - rhn-client-tools-0.4 .19-17.el5 


Summary: Support programs and libraries for Red Hat Network 

Description: 

Red Hat Network Client Tools provides programs and libraries to allow 

your 

system to receive software updates from Red Hat Network. 



rhnlib-2.2.5-1.el5 - rhnlib-2.2.6-2.el5 


Summary: Python libraries for the RHN project 

Description:

hnlib is a collection of python modules used by the 

Red Hat Network (http://rhn.redhat.com) software. 



rhpxl-0.4 1.1-1.el5 - rhpxl-0.4 1.1-7.el5 


Summary: Python library for configuring and running X. 

Description: 

The rhpxl (pronounced 'rapunzel') package contains a Python library for 

configuring and running X. 



rpm-4 .4 .2-4 7.el5 - rpm-4 .4 .2.3-9.el5 


Summary: The RPM package management system 

Description: 

The RPM Package Manager (RPM) is a powerful command line driven 

package management system capable of installing, uninstalling, 

verifying, querying, and updating software packages. Each software 

package consists of an archive of files along with information about 

the package like its version, a description, etc. 


doxygen 

gawk 

nss-devel 

redhat-rpm-config 


autoconf 

beecrypt-devel >= 4.1.2 

sed 

rsh-0.17-37.el5 - rsh-0.17-38.el5 


Summary: Clients for remote access commands (rsh, rlogin, rcp). 

Description: 


The rsh package contains a set of programs which allow users to run 

commands on remote machines, login to other machines and copy files 

between machines (rsh, rlogin and rcp). All three of these commands 

use rhosts style authentication. This package contains the clients 

needed for all of these services. 

The rsh package should be installed to enable remote access to other 

machines.




ruby-1.8.5-5.el5 - ruby-1.8.5-5.el5_2.6 


Summary: An interpreter of object-oriented scripting language 

Description: 

Ruby is the interpreted scripting language for quick and easy 

object-oriented programming. It has many features to process text 

files and to do system management tasks (as in Perl). It is simple, 

straight-forward, and extensible. 



s390utils-1.5.3-10.el5.14 - s390utils-1.5.3-21.el5 


Summary: Linux/390 specific utilities. 

Description: 

This package contains utilities related to Linux for S/390. 

The most important programs contained in this package are: 

- The cmstools suite to list, check, copy and cat files from a CMS 

volume. 

- chccwdev, a script to generically change attributes of a ccw device. 

- dasdfmt, which is used to low-level format eckd-dasds with 

either the classic linux disk layout or the new z/OS 

compatible disk layout. 

- dasdview, which displays DASD and VTOC information and dumps the 

content 

of a DASD to the console. 

- fdasd, which is used to create or modify partitions on 

eckd-dasds formatted with the z/OS compatible disk layout. 

- osasnmpd, a subagent for net-snmp to access the OSA hardware. 

- qetharp to query and purge address data in the OSA and HiperSockets 

hardware 

- qethconf to configure IBM QETH function IPA, VIPA and Proxy ARP. 

- src_vipa.sh to start applications using VIPA capabilities 

- tunedasd, a tool to adjust tunable parameters on DASD devices 

- vmconvert, a tool to convert vm dumps to lkcd compatible dumps. 

- vmcp, a tool to send CP commands from a Linux guest to the VM. 

- zipl, which is used to make either dasds or tapes bootable 

for system IPL or system dump. 

- zdump, which is used to retrieve system dumps from either 

tapes or dasds. 



sabayon-2.12.4 -5.el5 - sabayon-2.12.4 -6.el5 


Summary: Tool to maintain user profiles in a GNOME desktop

Description: 

Sabayon is a tool to help sysadmins and user change and maintain the 

default behaviour of the GNOME desktop. This package contains the 

graphical tools which a sysadmin use to manage Sabayon profiles. 



salinfo-1.1-3.el5 - salinfo-1.1-4 .el5 

Group: Utilities/System 

Summary: Sal info tool. 

Description: 

The IA64 Linux kernel has a Software Abstraction Layer (SAL). One of 

SAL's tasks is to record machine problems such as CMC (correctable 

machine checks), CPE (correctable platform errors), MCA (machine check 

architecture) and INIT (cpu initialized after boot). These records are 

provided by SAL to user space. salinfo saves and decodes CMC/CPE/MCA 

and INIT records. 



samba-3.0.25b-0.el5.4 - samba-3.0.33-3.7.el5 


Summary: The Samba SMB server. 

Description: 

Samba is the suite of programs by which a lot of PC-related machines 

share files, printers, and other information (such as lists of 

available files and printers). The Windows NT, OS/2, and Linux 

operating systems support this natively, and add-on packages can 

enable the same thing for DOS, Windows, VMS, UNIX of all kinds, MVS, 

and more. This package provides an SMB server that can be used to 

provide network services to SMB (sometimes called "Lan Manager") 

clients. Samba uses NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NetBT) protocols and does NOT 

need the NetBEUI (Microsoft Raw NetBIOS frame) protocol. 



sblim-1-29.EL5 - sblim-1-31.el5_2.1 


Summary: Standards Based Linux Instrumentation for Manageability 

Description: 



SBLIM stands for Standards Based Linux Instrumentation for Manageability, 

and consists of a set of standards based Web Based Enterprise Management 

(WBEM) modules that use the Common Information Model (CIM) standard to 

gather and provide systems management information, events, and methods 

to local or networked consumers via an CIM object services broker using 

the CMPI (Common Manageability Programming Interface) standard. 

This package provides a set of core providers and development tools 

for systems management applications. 


sed 


scim-1.4 .4 -39.el5 - scim-1.4 .4 -4 1.el5 


Summary: Smart Common Input Method platform 

Description: 

SCIM is a user friendly and full featured input method user interface and 

also a development platform to make life easier for Input Method 

developers. 



scim-anthy-1.2.0-5.el5 - scim-anthy-1.2.0-6.el5 


Summary: SCIM IMEngine for anthy for Japanese input 

Description: 

Scim-anthy is a SCIM IMEngine module for anthy to support Japanese input. 



scim-bridge-0.4 .5-7.el5 - scim-bridge-0.4 .5-8.el5 


Summary: SCIM Bridge Gtk IM module 

Description: 

SCIM Bridge is a C implementation of a Gtk IM module for SCIM. 



scim-chewing-0.3.1-10.el5 - scim-chewing-0.3.1-11.el5 


Summary: Chewing Chinese input method for SCIM 

Description:

This package provides Chewing Chinese input method for SCIM. 



scim-pinyin-0.5.91-15.el5 - scim-pinyin-0.5.91-16.el5 


Summary: Smart Pinyin IMEngine for Smart Common Input Method 

platform 

Description: 

Simplified Chinese Smart Pinyin IMEngine for SCIM. 



scsi-target-utils-0.0-0.20070620snap.el5 - scsi-target-utils-0.0-5.20080917snap.el5 


Summary: The SCSI target daemon and utility programs 

Description: 

The SCSI target package contains the daemon and tools to setup a SCSI 

targets. 

Currently, software iSCSI targets are supported. 


libibverbs-devel 

librdmacm-devel 


selinux-policy-2.4 .6-104 .el5 - selinux-policy-2.4 .6-203.el5 


Summary: SELinux policy configuration 

Description: 

SELinux Reference Policy - modular. 



setroubleshoot-1.8.11-4 .el5 - setroubleshoot-2.0.5-3.el5 


Summary: Helps troubleshoot SELinux problems 

Description: 



setroubleshoot gui. Application that allows you to view setroubleshootserver 

messages. 

Provides tools to help diagnose SELinux problems. When AVC messages 

are generated an alert can be generated that will give information 

about the problem and help track its resolution. Alerts can be configured 

to user preference. The same tools can be run on existing log files. 


desktop-file-utils 

htmlview 


setup-2.5.58-1.el5 - setup-2.5.58-4 .el5 


Summary: A set of system configuration and setup files. 

Description: 

The setup package contains a set of important system configuration and 

setup files, such as passwd, group, and profile. 



sg3_utils-1.20-2.1 - sg3_utils-1.25-1.el5 

Group: Utilities/System 

Summary: Utils for Linux's SCSI generic driver devices + raw devices 

Description: 

Collection of Linux utilities for devices that use the SCSI command set. 

Includes utilities to copy data based on "dd" syntax and semantics 

(called 

sg_dd, sgp_dd and sgm_dd); check INQUIRY data and VPD pages (sg_inq); 

check 

mode and log pages (sginfo, sg_modes and sg_logs); spin up and down 

disks (sg_start); do self tests (sg_senddiag); and various other 

functions. 

See the README, CHANGELOG and COVERAGE files. Requires the linux kernel 

2.4 

series or later. In the 2.4 series SCSI generic device names (e.g. 

/dev/sg0) 

must be used. In the 2.6 series other device names may be used as 

well (e.g. /dev/sda). 

Warning: Some of these tools access the internals of your system 

and the incorrect usage of them may render your system inoperable. 



shadow-utils-4 .0.17-12.el5 - shadow-utils-4 .0.17-14 .el5 


Summary: Utilities for managing accounts and shadow password files.

Description: 

The shadow-utils package includes the necessary programs for 

converting UNIX password files to the shadow password format, plus 

programs for managing user and group accounts. The pwconv command 

converts passwords to the shadow password format. The pwunconv command 

unconverts shadow passwords and generates an npasswd file (a standard 

UNIX password file). The pwck command checks the integrity of password 

and shadow files. The lastlog command prints out the last login times 

for all users. The useradd, userdel, and usermod commands are used for 

managing user accounts. The groupadd, groupdel, and groupmod commands 

are used for managing group accounts. 



shared-mime-info-0.19-3.el5 - shared-mime-info-0.19-5.el5 


Summary: Shared MIME information database 

Description: 

This is the freedesktop.org shared MIME info database. 

Many programs and desktops use the MIME system to represent the types of 

files. Frequently, it is necessary to work out the correct MIME type for 

a file. This is generally done by examining the file's name or contents, 

and looking up the correct MIME type in a database. 



smartmontools-5.36-3.1.el5 - smartmontools-5.38-2.el5 


Summary: Tools for monitoring SMART capable hard disks 

Description: 

The smartmontools package contains two utility programs (smartctl 

and smartd) to control and monitor storage systems using the Self- 

Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology System (SMART) built 

into most modern ATA and SCSI hard disks. In many cases, these 

utilities will provide advanced warning of disk degradation and 

failure. 




sos-1.7-9.1.el5 - sos-1.7-9.16.el5 


Summary: A set of tools to gather troubleshooting information from a 

system 

Description: 



Sos is a set of tools that gathers information about system 

hardware and configuration. The information can then be used for 

diagnostic purposes and debugging. Sos is commonly used to help 

support technicians and developers. 



spamassassin-3.1.9-1.el5 - spamassassin-3.2.5-1.el5 


Summary: Spam filter for email which can be invoked from mail 

delivery agents. 

Description: 

SpamAssassin provides you with a way to reduce if not completely 

eliminate 

Unsolicited Commercial Email (SPAM) from your incoming email. It can 

be invoked by a MDA such as sendmail or postfix, or can be called from 

a procmail script, .forward file, etc. It uses a genetic-algorithm 

evolved scoring system to identify messages which look spammy, then 

adds headers to the message so they can be filtered by the user's mail 

reading software. This distribution includes the spamd/spamc components 

which create a server that considerably speeds processing of mail. 

To enable spamassassin, if you are receiving mail locally, simply add 

this line to your ~/.procmailrc: 

INCLUDERC=/etc/mail/spamassassin/spamassassin-default.rc 

To filter spam for all users, add that line to /etc/procmailrc 

(creating if necessary). 


perl-HTML-Parser >= 3.43 


speex-1.0.5-4 - speex-1.0.5-4 .el5_1.1 


Summary: A voice compression format (codec) 

Description: 

Speex is a patent-free compression format designed especially for 

speech. It is specialized for voice communications at low bit-rates in 

the 2-45 kbps range. Possible applications include Voice over IP 

(VoIP), Internet audio streaming, audio books, and archiving of speech 

data (e.g. voice mail). 



squid-2.6.STABLE6-4 .el5 - squid-2.6.STABLE21-3.el5 


Summary: The Squid proxy caching server. 

Description:

Squid is a high-performance proxy caching server for Web clients, 

supporting FTP, gopher, and HTTP data objects. Unlike traditional 

caching software, Squid handles all requests in a single, 

non-blocking, I/O-driven process. Squid keeps meta data and especially 

hot objects cached in RAM, caches DNS lookups, supports non-blocking 

DNS lookups, and implements negative caching of failed requests. 

Squid consists of a main server program squid, a Domain Name System 

lookup program (dnsserver), a program for retrieving FTP data 

(ftpget), and some management and client tools. 



strace-4 .5.16-1.el5.1 - strace-4 .5.18-2.el5 


Summary: Tracks and displays system calls associated with a running 

process 

Description: 

The strace program intercepts and records the system calls called and 

received by a running process. Strace can print a record of each 

system call, its arguments and its return value. Strace is useful for 

diagnosing problems and debugging, as well as for instructional 

purposes. 

Install strace if you need a tool to track the system calls made and 

received by a process. 


libacl-devel 

libaio-devel 


stunnel-4 .15-2 - stunnel-4 .15-2.el5.1 


Summary: An SSL-encrypting socket wrapper. 

Description: 

Stunnel is a socket wrapper which can provide SSL (Secure Sockets 

Layer) support to ordinary applications. For example, it can be used 

in conjunction with imapd to create an SSL secure IMAP server. 



subversion-1.4 .2-2.el5 - subversion-1.4 .2-4 .el5 


Summary: Modern Version Control System designed to replace CVS 

Description: 



Subversion is a concurrent version control system which enables one 

or more users to collaborate in developing and maintaining a 

hierarchy of files and directories while keeping a history of all 

changes. Subversion only stores the differences between versions, 

instead of every complete file. Subversion is intended to be a 

compelling replacement for CVS. 


neon-devel >= 0:0.25.5-6.el5 


neon-devel >= 0:0.24.7-1 

sudo-1.6.8p12-10 - sudo-1.6.9p17-3.el5 


Summary: Allows restricted root access for specified users. 

Description: 

Sudo (superuser do) allows a system administrator to give certain 

users (or groups of users) the ability to run some (or all) commands 

as root while logging all commands and arguments. Sudo operates on a 

per-command basis. It is not a replacement for the shell. Features 

include: the ability to restrict what commands a user may run on a 

per-host basis, copious logging of each command (providing a clear 

audit trail of who did what), a configurable timeout of the sudo 

command, and the ability to use the same configuration file (sudoers) 

on many different machines. 


audit-libs-devel 

autoconf 

automake 

libcap-devel 

libtool 


sysklogd-1.4 .1-4 0.el5 - sysklogd-1.4 .1-4 4 .el5 


Summary: System logging and kernel message trapping daemons. 

Description: 

The sysklogd package contains two system utilities (syslogd and klogd) 

which provide support for system logging. Syslogd and klogd run as 

daemons (background processes) and log system messages to different 

places, like sendmail logs, security logs, error logs, etc. 



sysstat-7.0.0-3.el5 - sysstat-7.0.2-3.el5 


Summary: The sar and iostat system monitoring commands.

Description: 

This package provides the sar and iostat commands for Linux. Sar and 

iostat enable system monitoring of disk, network, and other IO 

activity. 



system-config-bind-4 .0.3-2.el5 - system-config-bind-4 .0.3-4 .el5 


Summary: The Red Hat BIND DNS Configuration Tool. 

Description: 

The system-config-bind package provides a graphical user interface (GUI) 

to 

configure the Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) Domain Name System 

(DNS) 

server, "named", with a set of python modules. 

Users new to BIND configuration can use this tool to quickly set up a 

working 

DNS server. 



system-config-cluster-1.0.50-1.3 - system-config-cluster-1.0.55-1.0 


Summary: system-config-cluster is a utility which allows you to 

manage cluster configuration in a graphical setting. 

Description: 

system-config-cluster is a utility which allows you to manage cluster 

configuuration in a graphical setting. 



system-config-date-1.8.12-1.el5 - system-config-date-1.8.12-3.el5 


Summary: A graphical interface for modifying system date and time 

Description: 

system-config-date is a graphical interface for changing the system date 

and 

time, configuring the system time zone, and setting up the NTP daemon to 

synchronize the time of the system with an NTP time server. 



system-config-httpd-1.3.3.1-1.el5 - system-config-httpd-1.3.3.3-1.el5 




Summary: Apache configuration tool 

Description: 

A RHN configuration tool for apache. 


gettext 


system-config-kdump-1.0.12-1.el5 - system-config-kdump-1.0.14 -4 .el5 


Summary: A graphical interface for configuring kernel crash dumping 

Description: 

system-config-kdump is a graphical tool for configuring kernel crash 

dumping via kdump and kexec. 



system-config-kickstart-2.6.19.1-1.el5 - system-config-kickstart-2.6.19.8-2.el5 


Summary: A graphical interface for making kickstart files. 

Description: 

Kickstart Configurator is a graphical tool for creating kickstart files. 



system-config-language-1.1.18-1.el5 - system-config-language-1.1.18-2.el5 


Summary: A graphical interface for modifying the system language 

Description: 

system-config-language is a graphical user interface that 

allows the user to change the default language of the system. 



system-config-lvm-1.0.22-1.0.el5 - system-config-lvm-1.1.5-1.0.el5 


Summary: A utility for graphically configuring Logical Volumes 

Description:

system-config-lvm is a utility for graphically configuring Logical 

Volumes 


intltool 


system-config-network-1.3.99-2.el5 - system-config-network-1.3.99.12-1.el5 


Summary: The GUI of the NEtwork Adminstration Tool 

Description: 

This is the GUI of the network configuration tool, 

supporting Ethernet, Wireless, TokenRing, ADSL, ISDN and PPP. 



system-config-printer-0.7.32.5-1.el5 - system-config-printer-0.7.32.10-1.el5 


Summary: A printer administration tool 

Description: 

system-config-printer is a graphical user interface that allows 

the user to configure a CUPS print server. 



system-config-samba-1.2.39-1.el5 - system-config-samba-1.2.4 1-3.el5 


Summary: Samba server configuration tool 

Description: 

system-config-samba is a graphical user interface for creating, 

modifying, and deleting samba shares. 



system-config-securitylevel-1.6.29.1-1.el5 - system-config-securitylevel-1.6.29.1-2.1.el5 


Summary: A graphical interface for modifying the system security 

level 

Description: 


system-config-securitylevel is a graphical user interface for 

setting basic firewall rules.




system-config-users-1.2.51-1.el5 - system-config-users-1.2.51-4 .el5 


Summary: A graphical interface for administering users and groups 

Description: 

system-config-users is a graphical utility for administrating 

users and groups. It depends on the libuser library. 



systemtap-0.5.14 -1.el5 - systemtap-0.7.2-2.el5 


Summary: Instrumentation System 

Description: 

SystemTap is an instrumentation system for systems running Linux 2.6. 

Developers can write instrumentation to collect data on the operation 

of the system. 


/usr/bin/dvips 

/usr/bin/latex 

/usr/bin/ps2pdf 

crash-devel 

elfutils-devel >= 0.127 

latex2html 

zlib-devel 


dejagnu 

glib2-devel >= 2.0.0 

tcp_wrappers-7.6-4 0.4 .el5 - tcp_wrappers-7.6-4 0.6.el5 


Summary: A security tool which acts as a wrapper for TCP daemons. 

Description: 

The tcp_wrappers package provides small daemon programs which can 

monitor and filter incoming requests for systat, finger, FTP, telnet, 

rlogin, rsh, exec, tftp, talk and other network services. 

Install the tcp_wrappers program if you need a security tool for 

filtering incoming network services requests. 

This version also supports IPv6. 



tcpdump-3.9.4 -11.el5 - tcpdump-3.9.4 -14 .el5 


Summary: A network traffic monitoring tool. 

Description: 

Tcpdump is a command-line tool for monitoring network traffic. 

Tcpdump can capture and display the packet headers on a particular 

network interface or on all interfaces. Tcpdump can display all of 

the packet headers, or just the ones that match particular criteria. 

Install tcpdump if you need a program to monitor network traffic. 


/usr/sbin/sendmail 


tcsh-6.14 -12.el5 - tcsh-6.14 -14 .el5 


Summary: An enhanced version of csh, the C shell. 

Description: 

Tcsh is an enhanced but completely compatible version of csh, the C 

shell. Tcsh is a command language interpreter which can be used both 

as an interactive login shell and as a shell script command processor. 

Tcsh includes a command line editor, programmable word completion, 

spelling correction, a history mechanism, job control and a C language 

like syntax. 



telnet-0.17-38.el5 - telnet-0.17-39.el5 


Summary: The client program for the telnet remote login protocol. 

Description: 

Telnet is a popular protocol for logging into remote systems over the 

Internet. The telnet package provides a command line telnet client. 



tetex-3.0-33.1.el5 - tetex-3.0-33.2.el5_1.2 


Summary: The TeX text formatting system. 

Description: 



TeTeX is an implementation of TeX for Linux or UNIX systems. TeX takes 

a text file and a set of formatting commands as input and creates a 

typesetter-independent .dvi (DeVice Independent) file as output. 

Usually, TeX is used in conjunction with a higher level formatting 

package like LaTeX or PlainTeX, since TeX by itself is not very 

user-friendly. The output format needn't to be DVI, but also PDF, 

when using pdflatex or similar tools. 

Install tetex if you want to use the TeX text formatting system. Consider 

to install tetex-latex (a higher level formatting package which provides 

an easier-to-use interface for TeX). Unless you are an expert at using 

TeX, 

you should also install the tetex-doc package, which includes the 

documentation for TeX. 



tk-8.4 .13-3.fc6 - tk-8.4 .13-5.el5_1.1 


Summary: Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language 

Description: 

When paired with the Tcl scripting language, Tk provides a fast and 

powerful 

way to create cross-platform GUI applications. 



tmpwatch-2.9.7-1.1.el5.1 - tmpwatch-2.9.7-1.1.el5.2 


Summary: A utility for removing files based on when they were last 

accessed. 

Description: 

The tmpwatch utility recursively searches through specified 

directories and removes files which have not been accessed in a 

specified period of time. Tmpwatch is normally used to clean up 

directories which are used for temporarily holding files (for example, 

/tmp). Tmpwatch ignores symlinks, won't switch filesystems and only 

removes empty directories and regular files. 



tog-pegasus-2.6.1-2.el5 - tog-pegasus-2.7.1-2.el5 

Group: Systems Management/Base 

Summary: OpenPegasus WBEM Services for Linux 

Description:

OpenPegasus WBEM Services for Linux enables management solutions that 

deliver 

increased control of enterprise resources. WBEM is a platform and 

resource 

independent DMTF standard that defines a common information model and 

communication protocol for monitoring and controlling resources from 

diverse 

sources. 


net-snmp-devel 


tomcat5-5.5.23-0jpp.3.0.2.el5 - tomcat5-5.5.23-0jpp.7.el5_2.1 

Group: Networking/Daemons 

Summary: Apache Servlet/JSP Engine, RI for Servlet 2.4/JSP 2.0 API 

Description: 

Tomcat is the servlet container that is used in the official Reference 

Implementation for the Java Servlet and JavaServer Pages technologies. 

The Java Servlet and JavaServer Pages specifications are developed by 

Sun under the Java Community Process. 

Tomcat is developed in an open and participatory environment and 

released under the Apache Software License. Tomcat is intended to be 

a collaboration of the best-of-breed developers from around the world. 

We invite you to participate in this open development project. To 

learn more about getting involved, click here. 



totem-2.16.7-1.el5 - totem-2.16.7-4 .el5 


Summary: Movie player for GNOME 2 

Description: 

Totem is simple movie player for the Gnome desktop. It features a 

simple playlist, a full-screen mode, seek and volume controls, as well 

as 

a pretty complete keyboard navigation. 




firefox-devel 

traceroute-2.0.1-2.el5 - traceroute-2.0.1-5.el5 


Summary: Traces the route taken by packets over an IPv4/IPv6 network 

Description: 



The traceroute utility displays the route used by IP packets on their 

way to a specified network (or Internet) host. Traceroute displays 

the IP number and host name (if possible) of the machines along the 

route taken by the packets. Traceroute is used as a network debugging 

tool. If you're having network connectivity problems, traceroute will 

show you where the trouble is coming from along the route. 

Install traceroute if you need a tool for diagnosing network connectivity 

problems. 



tzdata-2007d-1.el5 - tzdata-2008i-1.el5 


Summary: Timezone data 

Description: 

This package contains data files with rules for various timezones around 

the world. 



udev-095-14 .9.el5 - udev-095-14 .19.el5 


Summary: A userspace implementation of devfs 

Description: 

The udev package contains an implementation of devfs in 

userspace using sysfs and netlink. 



unzip-5.52-2.2.1 - unzip-5.52-3.el5 


Summary: A utility for unpacking zip files. 

Description: 

The unzip utility is used to list, test, or extract files from a zip 

archive. Zip archives are commonly found on MS-DOS systems. The zip 

utility, included in the zip package, creates zip archives. Zip and 

unzip are both compatible with archives created by PKWARE(R)'s PKZIP 

for MS-DOS, but the programs' options and default behaviors do differ 

in some respects. 

Install the unzip package if you need to list, test or extract files from 

a zip archive. 



usermode-1.88-3.el5 - usermode-1.88-3.el5.2 


Summary: Tools for certain user account management tasks. 

Description: 

The usermode package contains the userhelper program, which can be 

used to allow configured programs to be run with superuser privileges 

by ordinary users. 



util-linux-2.13-0.4 5.el5 - util-linux-2.13-0.50.el5 


Summary: A collection of basic system utilities. 

Description: 

The util-linux package contains a large variety of low-level system 

utilities that are necessary for a Linux system to function. Among 

others, Util-linux contains the fdisk configuration tool and the login 

program. 



vim-7.0.109-3.el5.3 - vim-7.0.109-4 .el5_2.4 z 


Summary: The VIM editor. 

Description: 

VIM (VIsual editor iMproved) is an updated and improved version of the 

vi editor. Vi was the first real screen-based editor for UNIX, and is 

still very popular. VIM improves on vi by adding new features: 

multiple windows, multi-level undo, block highlighting and more. 



virt-manager-0.4 .0-3.el5 - virt-manager-0.5.3-10.el5 

Group: Applications/Emulators 

Summary: Virtual Machine Manager 

Description: 

Virtual Machine Manager provides a graphical tool for administering 

virtual machines such as Xen. It uses libvirt as the backend management 

API. 





vixie-cron-4 .1-72.el5 - vixie-cron-4 .1-76.el5 


Summary: The Vixie cron daemon for executing specified programs at 

set times. 

Description: 

The vixie-cron package contains the Vixie version of cron. Cron is a 

standard UNIX daemon that runs specified programs at scheduled times. 

Vixie cron adds better security and more powerful configuration 

options to the standard version of cron. 



vnc-4 .1.2-9.el5 - vnc-4 .1.2-14 .el5 


Summary: A remote display system. 

Description: 

Virtual Network Computing (VNC) is a remote display system which 

allows you to view a computing 'desktop' environment not only on the 

machine where it is running, but from anywhere on the Internet and 

from a wide variety of machine architectures. This package contains a 

client which will allow you to connect to other desktops running a VNC 

server. 



mesa-source 


libdrm-devel 

vsftpd-2.0.5-10.el5 - vsftpd-2.0.5-12.el5 


Summary: vsftpd - Very Secure Ftp Daemon 

Description: 

vsftpd is a Very Secure FTP daemon. It was written completely from 

scratch. 



wireshark-0.99.6-1.el5 - wireshark-1.0.3-4 .el5_2 


Summary: Network traffic analyzer 

Description:

Wireshark is a network traffic analyzer for Unix-ish operating systems. 

This package lays base for libpcap, a packet capture and filtering 

library, contains command-line utilities, contains plugins and 

documentation for wireshark. A graphical user interface is packaged 

separately to GTK+ package. 


bison 

flex 

libsmi-devel 


net-snmp-devel >= 5.3 

net-snmp-utils >= 5.3 

words-3.0-9 - words-3.0-9.1 


Summary: A dictionary of English words for the /usr/share/dict 

directory. 

Description: 

The words file is a dictionary of English words for the 

/usr/share/dict directory. Some programs use this database of 

words to check spelling. Password checkers use it to look for bad 

passwords. 



wpa_supplicant-0.4 .8-10.1.fc6 - wpa_supplicant-0.5.10-8.el5 


Summary: WPA/WPA2/IEEE 802.1X Supplicant 

Description: 

wpa_supplicant is a WPA Supplicant for Linux, BSD and Windows with 

support 

for WPA and WPA2 (IEEE 802.11i / RSN). Supplicant is the IEEE 802.1X/WPA 

component that is used in the client stations. It implements key 

negotiation 

with a WPA Authenticator and it controls the roaming and IEEE 802.11 

authentication/association of the wlan driver. 


dbus-devel 


x3270-3.3.4 p7-3.el5.1 - x3270-3.3.4 p7-3.el5.4 


Summary: An X Window System based IBM 3278/3279 terminal emulator 

Description: 



The x3270 package contains files needed for emulating the IBM 3278/3279 

terminals, commonly used with mainframe applications. 

You will also need to install a frontend for x3270. Available frontends 

are x3270-x11 (for the X Window System) and x3270-text (for text mode). 


/usr/bin/makeconv 

libicu-devel 


xen-3.0.3-4 1.el5 - xen-3.0.3-80.el5 


Summary: Xen is a virtual machine monitor 

Description: 

This package contains the Xen tools and management daemons needed 

to run virtual machines on x86, x86_64, and ia64 systems. 

Information on how to use Xen can be found at the Xen project pages. 

The Xen system also requires the Xen hypervisor and domain-0 

kernel, which can be found in the kernel-xen* package. 

Virtualization can be used to run multiple operating systems on one 

physical system, for purposes of hardware consolidation, hardware 

abstraction, or to test untrusted applications in a sandboxed 

environment. 



xfig-3.2.4 -21.2.el5 - xfig-3.2.4 -21.3.el5 


Summary: An X Window System tool for drawing basic vector graphics. 

Description: 

Xfig is an X Window System tool for creating basic vector graphics, 

including bezier curves, lines, rulers and more. The resulting 

graphics can be saved, printed on PostScript printers or converted to 

a variety of other formats (e.g., X11 bitmaps, Encapsulated 

PostScript, LaTeX). 

You should install xfig if you need a simple program to create vector 

graphics. 



xorg-x11-drv-ati-6.6.3-3.2.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-ati-6.6.3-3.22.el5 


Summary: Xorg X11 ati video driver 

Description:

X.Org X11 ati video driver. 


autoconf 

automake 

libtool 

xorg-x11-server-randr-source >= 1.1.1-48.52.el5 


xorg-x11-drv-i810-1.6.5-9.6.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-i810-1.6.5-9.21.el5 


Summary: Xorg X11 i810 video driver(s) 

Description: 

X.Org X11 i810 video driver. 




xorg-x11-drv-keyboard-1.1.0-2.1 - xorg-x11-drv-keyboard-1.1.0-3 


Summary: Xorg X11 keyboard input driver 

Description: 

X.Org X11 keyboard input driver. 



xorg-x11-drv-mga-1.4 .2-6.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-mga-1.4 .2-10.el5 


Summary: Xorg X11 mga video driver 

Description: 

X.Org X11 mga video driver. 



xorg-x11-drv-mutouch-1.1.0-2 - xorg-x11-drv-mutouch-1.1.0-3 


Summary: Xorg X11 mutouch input driver 

Description: 

X.Org X11 mutouch input driver. 





xorg-x11-drv-nv-2.1.2-1.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-nv-2.1.12-3.el5 


Summary: Xorg X11 nv video driver 

Description: 

X.Org X11 nv video driver. 




xorg-x11-drv-sis-0.9.1-7 - xorg-x11-drv-sis-0.9.1-7.1.el5 


Summary: Xorg X11 sis video driver 

Description: 

X.Org X11 sis video driver. 



xorg-x11-server-1.1.1-4 8.26.el5 - xorg-x11-server-1.1.1-4 8.52.el5 


Summary: X.Org X11 X server 

Description: 

X.Org X11 X server 



xorg-x11-xinit-1.0.2-13.el5 - xorg-x11-xinit-1.0.2-15.el5 


Summary: X.Org X11 X Window System xinit startup scripts 

Description: 

X.Org X11 X Window System xinit startup scripts 



xsane-0.991-4 .el5 - xsane-0.991-5.el5 


Summary: An X Window System front-end for the SANE scanner 

interface.

Description: 

XSane is an X based interface for the SANE (Scanner Access Now Easy) 

library, which provides access to scanners, digital cameras, and other 

capture devices. XSane is written in GTK+ and provides control for 

performing the scan and then manipulating the captured image. 



xterm-215-5.el5 - xterm-215-8.el5 


Summary: xterm terminal emulator for the X Window System 

Description: 

The xterm program is a terminal emulator for the X Window System. It 

provides DEC VT102 and Tektronix 4014 compatible terminals for 

programs that can't use the window system directly. 



yaboot-1.3.13-5.el5 - yaboot-1.3.13-7.el5 


Summary: Linux bootloader for Power Macintosh "New World" computers. 

Description: 

yaboot is a bootloader for PowerPC machines which works on New World ROM 

machines (Rev. A iMac and newer) and runs directly from Open Firmware, 

eliminating the need for Mac OS. 

yaboot can also bootload IBM pSeries machines. 


e2fsprogs-devel 


yelp-2.16.0-15.el5 - yelp-2.16.0-22.el5 


Summary: A system documentation reader from the Gnome project 

Description: 

Yelp is the Gnome 2 help/documentation browser. It is designed 

to help you browse all the documentation on your system in 

one central tool. 




gecko-devel >= 1.8.0.12 

ypbind-1.19-8.el5 - ypbind-1.19-11.el5 




Summary: The NIS daemon which binds NIS clients to an NIS domain. 

Description: 

The Network Information Service (NIS) is a system that provides 

network information (login names, passwords, home directories, group 

information) to all of the machines on a network. NIS can allow users 

to log in on any machine on the network, as long as the machine has 

the NIS client programs running and the user's password is recorded in 

the NIS passwd database. NIS was formerly known as Sun Yellow Pages 

(YP). 

This package provides the ypbind daemon. The ypbind daemon binds NIS 

clients to an NIS domain. Ypbind must be running on any machines 

running NIS client programs. 

Install the ypbind package on any machines running NIS client programs 

(included in the yp-tools package). If you need an NIS server, you 

also need to install the ypserv package to a machine on your network. 



ypserv-2.19-3 - ypserv-2.19-5.el5 


Summary: The NIS (Network Information Service) server. 

Description: 

The Network Information Service (NIS) is a system that provides 

network information (login names, passwords, home directories, group 

information) to all of the machines on a network. NIS can allow users 

to log in on any machine on the network, as long as the machine has 

the NIS client programs running and the user's password is recorded in 

the NIS passwd database. NIS was formerly known as Sun Yellow Pages 

(YP). 

This package provides the NIS server, which will need to be running on 

your network. NIS clients do not need to be running the server. 

Install ypserv if you need an NIS server for your network. You also 

need to install the yp-tools and ypbind packages on any NIS client 

machines. 



yum-3.0.1-5.el5 - yum-3.2.19-18.el5 


Summary: RPM installer/updater 

Description: 

Yum is a utility that can check for and automatically download and 

install updated RPM packages. Dependencies are obtained and downloaded 

automatically prompting the user as necessary. 

Added Dependencies:

intltool 


yum-metadata-parser-1.0-8.fc6 - yum-metadata-parser-1.1.2-2.el5 


Summary: A fast metadata parser for yum 

Description: 

Fast metadata parser for yum implemented in C. 



yum-rhn-plugin-0.5.2-3.el5 - yum-rhn-plugin-0.5.3-30.el5 


Summary: RHN support for yum 

Description: 

This yum plugin provides support for yum to access a Red Hat Network 

server for 

software updates. 



yum-utils-1.0.4 -3.el5 - yum-utils-1.1.16-13.el5 


Summary: Utilities based around the yum package manager 

Description: 

yum-utils is a collection of utilities and examples for the yum package 

manager. It includes utilities by different authors that make yum easier 

and 

more powerful to use. These tools include: debuginfo-install, packagecleanup, 

repoclosure, repodiff, repo-graph, repomanage, repoquery, repo-rss, 

reposync, 

repotrack, verifytree, yum-builddep, yum-complete-transaction, 

yumdownloader, 

yum-debug-dump and yum-groups-manager. 



zip-2.31-1.2.2 - zip-2.31-2.el5 


Summary: A file compression and packaging utility compatible with 

PKZIP. 

Description: 



The zip program is a compression and file packaging utility. Zip is 

analogous to a combination of the UNIX tar and compress commands and 

is compatible with PKZIP (a compression and file packaging utility for 

MS-DOS systems). 

Install the zip package if you need to compress files using the zip 

program. 



13. Configuration Changes From Previous Release

iscsi-initiator-utils-6.2.0.868-0.7.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/iscsid 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -59,9 +59,7 @@ 

echo -n $"Stopping iSCSI daemon: " 

- # iscsid does not have a nice shutdown process. 

- # It really should never be stopped 

- pkill -KILL iscsid 

+ iscsiadm -k 0 

echo 

modprobe -r ib_iser 2>/dev/null 

ypbind-1.19-8.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/ypbind 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ 

[ -x /usr/sbin/selinuxenabled ] && /usr/sbin/selinuxenabled || return 

allow_ypbind=0 

. /etc/selinux/config 

- if [ -e /etc/selinux/${SELINUXTYPE}/modules1/active/booleans.local ]; then 

+ if [ -e /etc/selinux/${SELINUXTYPE}/modules/active/booleans.local ]; then 

. /etc/selinux/${SELINUXTYPE}/modules/active/booleans.local 

fi 

if [ $allow_ypbind == 0 ]; then 

@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ 

if [ -n "$NISDOMAIN" ]; then 

action $"Setting NIS domain name $NISDOMAIN: " domainname $NISDOMAIN 

else 

+ action $"Error: NIS domain name is not set." false 

exit 1 

fi 

fi 

@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@ 

fi 

fi 

echo 

- selinux_off 

+ #selinux_off 

return $RETVAL 

} 

udev-095-14.16.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/modules/udev-stw.modules 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ 

#!/bin/sh 

-for i in nvram floppy parport lp snd-powermac;do 

+MODULES="nvram floppy parport lp snd-powermac" 

+[ -f /etc/sysconfig/udev-stw ] && . /etc/sysconfig/udev-stw 

+for i in $MODULES ; do 

modprobe $i >/dev/null 2>&1 

done 

dhcp-3.0.5-13.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -62,6 +62,11 @@ 

[ -f $conf ] || return 6 

$dhcpd -q -t -cf $conf 

RETVAL=$? 

+ if [ $RETVAL -eq 1 ]; then 

+ $dhcpd -t -cf $conf 

+ else 



+ echo "Syntax: OK" >&2 

+ fi 


} 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/netconsole 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

SYSLOGOPTS="netconsole=$LOCALPORT@$LOCALADDR/$DEV,$SYSLOGPORT@$SYSLOGADDR/$SYSLOG 

MACADDR " 

- logger -p daemon.info -t netconsole: inserting netconsole module with arguments 

\ 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t netconsole: inserting netconsole module with 

arguments \ 

$SYSLOGOPTS 

if [ -n "$SYSLOGOPTS" ]; then 

action $"Initializing netconsole" modprobe netconsole \ 

bind-9.3.4-6.P1.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/named 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ 

fi 

[ "$RETVAL" -eq 0 ] && success $"$named reload" || failure $"$named reload" 

echo 

- return $? 

+ return $RETVAL 

} 

probe() { 

# named knows how to reload intelligently; we don't want linuxconf 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-ippp 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -30,20 +30,20 @@ 

# check that ipppd is available for syncppp 

if [ "$ENCAP" = "syncppp" ]; then 

if [ ! -x /usr/sbin/ipppd -a ! -x /sbin/ipppd ] ; then 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd does not exist or is not 

executable" 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd does not exist or is 

not executable" 

exit 1 

fi 

fi 

# check that isdnctrl is available 

if [ ! -x /usr/sbin/isdnctrl -a ! -x /sbin/isdnctrl ] ; then 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "isdnctrl does not exist or is not 

executable" 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "isdnctrl does not exist or is 

not executable" 

exit 1 

fi 

# check all ISDN devices 

if ! isdnctrl list all >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "cannot list ISDN devices" 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "cannot list ISDN devices" 

exit 1 

fi 

@@ -52,12 +52,12 @@

function log_echo() 

{ 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp $"$*" 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp $"$*" 

} 

function log_isdnctrl() 

{ 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp isdnctrl $* 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp isdnctrl $* 

isdnctrl $* >/dev/null 2>&1 || exit 1 

} 

@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@ 

[ -n "$NETMASK" ] && netmask="netmask $NETMASK" 

# activate ISDN device 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ifconfig $DEVICE $IPADDR pointopoint 

$GATEWAY $netmask up" 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ifconfig $DEVICE $IPADDR 

pointopoint $GATEWAY $netmask up" 

ifconfig $DEVICE $IPADDR pointopoint $GATEWAY $netmask up >/dev/null 2>&1 

if [ "$ENCAP" = "syncppp" ]; then 

# start ipppd daemon 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd $options $netmask" 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd $options $netmask" 

ipppd $options $netmask >/dev/null 2>&1 

# start ibod daemon 

lynx-2.8.5-28.1.i386.rpm: /etc/lynx.cfg 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ 

# ==== 

# Do not define this. 

# 

-#TRUSTED_LYNXCGI:none 

+TRUSTED_LYNXCGI:none 

.h2 LYNXCGI_ENVIRONMENT 

nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcgssd 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -28,19 +28,23 @@ 

case "$1" in 

start|condstart) 

# Check that networking is up. 

- [ "${NETWORKING}" = "no" ] && exit 6 

+ [ "${NETWORKING}" != "yes" ] && exit 6 

[ ! -x /usr/sbin/rpc.gssd ] && exit 5 

- 

- # List of kernel modules to load 

- [ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5" 

# Make sure the daemon is not already running. 

if status $prog > /dev/null ; then 

exit 0 

fi 

+ 

+ # During condstart need to check again to see 

+ # if we are configured to start 



+ [ "${SECURE_NFS}" != "yes" ] && exit 6 

+ 

rm -f $LOCKFILE 

+ echo -n $"Starting RPC gssd: " 

- echo -n $"Starting RPC gssd: " 

+ # List of kernel modules to load 

+ [ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5" 

# Make sure the rpc_pipefs filesystem is available 

[ "${RPCMTAB}" != "noload" ] && { 

dovecot-1.0.7-2.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/dovecot 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -7,27 +7,61 @@ 

# chkconfig: - 65 35 

# description: Dovecot Imap Server 

# processname: dovecot 

+# config: /etc/dovecot.conf 

+# config: /etc/sysconfig/dovecot 

+# pidfile: /var/run/dovecot/master.pid 

+ 

+### BEGIN INIT INFO 

+# Provides: dovecot 

+# Required-Start: $local_fs $network 

+# Required-Stop: $local_fs $network 

+# Should-Start: $remote_fs 

+# Should-Stop: $remote_fs 

+# Default-Start: 

+# Default-Stop: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 

+# Short-Description: start and stop Dovecot Imap server 

+# Description: Dovecot is an IMAP server for Linux/UNIX-like systems, 

+# written with security primarily in mind. It also contains 

+# a small POP3 server. 

+### END INIT INFO 

+ 

# Source function library. 

. /etc/init.d/functions 

-test -x /usr/sbin/dovecot || exit 0 

+if [ -f /etc/sysconfig/dovecot ]; then 

+ . /etc/sysconfig/dovecot 

+fi 

RETVAL=0 

prog="Dovecot Imap" 

+exec="/usr/sbin/dovecot" 

+config="/etc/dovecot.conf" 

+pidfile="/var/run/dovecot/master.pid" 

+lockfile="/var/lock/subsys/dovecot" 

start() { 

+ [ -x $exec ] || exit 5 

+ [ -f $config ] || exit 6 

+ 

echo -n $"Starting $prog: " 

- daemon /usr/sbin/dovecot 

+ daemon --pidfile $pidfile $exec $OPTIONS 

RETVAL=$? 

- [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && touch /var/lock/subsys/dovecot 

+ [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && touch $lockfile 

echo 

} 

stop() {

echo -n $"Stopping $prog: " 

- killproc /usr/sbin/dovecot 

+ killproc -p $pidfile $exec 

RETVAL=$? 

- [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && rm -f /var/lock/subsys/dovecot 

+ [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && rm -f $lockfile 

+ echo 

+} 

+ 

+reload() { 

+ echo -n $"Reloading $prog: " 

+ killproc -p $pidfile $exec -HUP 

+ RETVAL=$? 

echo 

} 

@@ -41,24 +75,27 @@ 

stop) 

stop 

;; 

- reload|restart) 

+ reload) 

+ reload 

+ ;; 

+ force-reload|restart) 

stop 

start 

RETVAL=$? 

;; 

- condrestart) 

- if [ -f /var/lock/subsys/dovecot ]; then 

+ condrestart|try-restart) 

+ if [ -f $lockfile ]; then 

stop 

start 

fi 

;; 

status) 

- status /usr/sbin/dovecot 

+ status -p $pidfile $exec 

RETVAL=$? 

;; 

*) 

- echo $"Usage: $0 {condrestart|start|stop|restart|reload|status}" 

- exit 1 

+ echo $"Usage: $0 {condrestart|try-restart|start|stop|restart|reload|forcereload|status}" 

+ exit 2 

esac 

exit $RETVAL 

device-mapper-multipath-0.4.7-17.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/multipathd 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ 

# 

# Starts the multipath daemon 

# 

-# chkconfig: - 13 87 

+# chkconfig: - 06 87 

# description: Manage device-mapper multipath devices 

# processname: multipathd 

@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ 



initdir=/etc/rc.d/init.d 

lockdir=/var/lock/subsys 

sysconfig=/etc/sysconfig 

+syspath=/sys/block 

system=redhat 

@@ -25,6 +26,35 @@ 

test -r $sysconfig/$prog && . $sysconfig/$prog 

RETVAL=0 

+ 

+teardown_slaves() 

+{ 

+cd $1; 

+if [ -d "slaves" ]; then 

+for slave in slaves/*; 

+do 

+ if [ "$slave" = "slaves/*" ]; then 

+ read dev < $1/dev 

+ tablename=`dmsetup table --target multipath | sed -n "s/$.*$: .* $dev 

.*/\1/p"` 

+ if ! [ -z $tablename ]; then 

+ echo "Root is on a multipathed device, multipathd can not be stopped" 

+ exit 1 

+ fi 

+ else 

+ local_slave=`readlink -f $slave`; 

+ teardown_slaves $local_slave; 

+ fi 

+ done 

+ 

+else 

+ read dev < $1/dev 

+ tablename=`dmsetup table --target multipath | sed -n "s/$.*$: .* $dev 

.*/\1/p"` 

+ if ! [ -z $tablename ]; then 

+ echo "Root is on a multipathed device, multipathd can not be stopped" 

+ exit 1 

+ fi 

+fi 

+} 

# 

# See how we were called. 

@@ -40,6 +70,11 @@ 

} 

stop() { 

+ root_dev=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/") { print $1; }}' 

/etc/mtab) 

+ dm_num=`dmsetup info -c --noheadings -o minor $root_dev` 

+ root_dm_device="dm-$dm_num" 

+ [ -d $syspath/$root_dm_device ] && teardown_slaves $syspath/$root_dm_device 

+ 

echo -n $"Stopping $prog daemon: " 

killproc $DAEMON 

RETVAL=$? 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/rc6.d/S01reboot 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ 

NOLOCALE=1 

. /etc/init.d/functions

+ 

+UMOUNT="umount" 

+[ ! -w /etc ] && UMOUNT="umount -n" 

action() { 

echo -n "$1 " 

@@ -131,7 +134,7 @@ 

# Try to unmount tmpfs filesystems to avoid swapping them in. Ignore failures. 

tmpfs=$(awk '$2 ~ /^\/($|proc|dev)/ { next; } 

$3 == "tmpfs" { print $2; }' /proc/mounts | sort -r) 

-[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode umount $tmpfs 2>/dev/null 

+[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode $UMOUNT $tmpfs 2>/dev/null 

# Turn off swap, then unmount file systems. 

[ -f /proc/swaps ] && SWAPS=àwk '! /^Filename/ { print $1 }' /proc/swaps` 

@@ -143,8 +146,6 @@ 

backdev=$(/sbin/cryptsetup status "$dst" \ 

| awk '$1 == "device:" { print $2 }') 

/sbin/cryptsetup remove "$dst" 

- # Leave partition with a blank plain-text swap 

- mkswap "$backdev" > /dev/null 

fi 

done 

fi 

@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@ 

$"Unmounting file systems (retry): " \ 

-f 

-[ -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ] && umount /proc/bus/usb 

+[ -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ] && $UMOUNT /proc/bus/usb 

[ -f /etc/crypttab ] && \ 

LANG=C action $"Stopping disk encryption: " halt_crypto 

@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ 

awk '$2 !~ /\/(|dev|proc|selinux)$/ && $1 !~ /^\/dev\/ram/ { print $2 }' \ 

/proc/mounts | sort -r | \ 

while read line; do 

- fstab-decode umount -f $line 

+ fstab-decode $UMOUNT -f $line 

done 

if [ -x /sbin/halt.local ]; then 

alsa-lib-1.0.14-1.rc4.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/alsa/alsa.conf 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ 

defaults.pcm.ipc_perm 0600 

defaults.pcm.dmix.max_periods 0 

defaults.pcm.dmix.rate 48000 

-defaults.pcm.dmix.format S16_LE 

+defaults.pcm.dmix.format "unchanged" 

defaults.pcm.dmix.card defaults.pcm.card 

defaults.pcm.dmix.device defaults.pcm.device 

defaults.pcm.dsnoop.card defaults.pcm.card 

@@ -94,6 +94,9 @@ 

defaults.pcm.iec958.device defaults.pcm.device 

defaults.pcm.modem.card defaults.pcm.card 

defaults.pcm.modem.device defaults.pcm.device 

+# truncate files via file or tee PCM 

+defaults.pcm.file_format "raw" 

+defaults.pcm.file_truncate true 

defaults.rawmidi.card 0 

defaults.rawmidi.device 0 

defaults.rawmidi.subdevice -1 



@@ -124,6 +127,7 @@ 

pcm.surround71 cards.pcm.surround71 

pcm.iec958 cards.pcm.iec958 

pcm.spdif iec958 

+pcm.hdmi cards.pcm.hdmi 

pcm.dmix cards.pcm.dmix 

pcm.dsnoop cards.pcm.dsnoop 

pcm.modem cards.pcm.modem 

@@ -262,12 +266,19 @@ 

} 

@args.FORMAT { 

type string 

- default raw 

+ default { 

+ @func refer 

+ name defaults.pcm.file_format 

+ } 

} 

type file 

slave.pcm $SLAVE 

file $FILE 

format $FORMAT 

+ truncate { 

+ @func refer 

+ name defaults.pcm.file_truncate 

+ } 

} 

pcm.file { 

@@ -277,12 +288,19 @@ 

} 

@args.FORMAT { 

type string 

- default raw 

+ default { 

+ @func refer 

+ name defaults.pcm.file_format 

+ } 

} 

type file 

slave.pcm null 

file $FILE 

format $FORMAT 

+ truncate { 

+ @func refer 

+ name defaults.pcm.file_truncate 

+ } 

} 

pcm.null { 

@@ -316,7 +334,7 @@ 

} 

ctl.hw { 

- @args[ CARD ] 

+ @args [ CARD ] 

@args.CARD { 

type string 

default { 

caching-nameserver-9.3.4-6.P1.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/named.caching-nameserver.conf 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -18,8 +18,12 @@ 

dump-file "/var/named/data/cache_dump.db"; 

statistics-file "/var/named/data/named_stats.txt";

memstatistics-file "/var/named/data/named_mem_stats.txt"; 

- query-source port 53; 

- query-source-v6 port 53; 

+ 

+ // Those options should be used carefully because they disable port 

+ // randomization 

+ // query-source port 53; 

+ // query-source-v6 port 53; 

+ 

allow-query { localhost; }; 

}; 

logging { 

kexec-tools-1.102pre-21.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/kdump 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ 

KDUMP_KERNELVER="" 

KDUMP_INITRDEXT="" 

KDUMP_COMMANDLINE="" 

+KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE="" 

KEXEC_ARGS="" 

KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE="/etc/kdump.conf" 

@@ -107,8 +108,15 @@ 

#check to see if config file or kdump post has been modified 

#since last build of the image file 

image_time=`stat -c "%Y" $kdump_initrd` 

- KDUMP_POST=`grep ^kdump_post $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\ -f2` 

- files="$KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE $kdump_kernel $KDUMP_POST" 

+ EXTRA_FILES=`grep ^kdump_post $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\ -f2` 

+ CHECK_FILE=`grep ^kdump_pre $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\ -f2` 

+ EXTRA_FILES="$EXTRA_FILES $CHECK_FILE" 

+ CHECK_FILE=`grep êxtra_modules $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\ -f2-` 


+ CHECK_FILE=`grep êxtra_bins $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\ -f2-` 


+ FORCE_REBUILD=`grep êxtra_modules $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE` 

+ files="$KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE $kdump_kernel $EXTRA_FILES" 

modified_files="" 

for file in $files; do 

time_stamp=0 

@@ -123,9 +131,17 @@ 

fi 

done 

- if [ -n "$modified_files" -a "$modified_files" != " " ]; then 

- echo "Detected change(s) the following file(s):" 

- echo -n " "; echo "$modified_files" | sed 's/\s/\n /g' 

+ if [ -n "$FORCE_REBUILD" -a "$modified_files"!=" " ] 

+ then 

+ modified_files="force_rebuild" 

+ fi 

+ 

+ if [ -n "$modified_files" -a "$modified_files"!=" " ]; then 

+ if [ "$modified_files" != "force_rebuild" ] 

+ then 

+ echo "Detected change(s) the following file(s):" 

+ echo -n " "; echo "$modified_files" | sed 's/\s/\n /g' 

+ fi 

echo "Rebuilding $kdump_initrd" 

/sbin/mkdumprd -d -f $kdump_initrd $kdump_kver 

if [ $? != 0 ]; then 

@@ -174,6 +190,33 @@ 

return 1 



fi 

return 0 

+} 

+ 

+function avoid_cdrom_drive() 

+{ 

+ local DRIVE="" 

+ local MEDIA="" 

+ local IDE_DRIVES=(ècho hd{a,b,c,d}`) 

+ local COUNTER="0" 

+ 

+ for DRIVE in ${IDE_DRIVES[@]} 

+ do 

+ if ! $(echo "$KDUMP_COMMANDLINE" |grep -q "$DRIVE=");then 

+ if [ -f /proc/ide/$DRIVE/media ];then 

+ MEDIA=$(cat /proc/ide/$DRIVE/media) 

+ if [ x"$MEDIA" == x"cdrom" ]; then 

+ KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE="$KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE 

$DRIVE=cdrom" 

+ COUNTER=$(($COUNTER+1)) 

+ fi 

+ fi 

+ else 

+ KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE="$KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE 

$DRIVE=noprobe" 

+ fi 

+ done 

+ # We don't find cdrom drive. 

+ if [ $COUNTER -eq 0 ]; then 

+ KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE="" 

+ fi 

} 

# Load the kdump kerel specified in /etc/sysconfig/kdump 

@@ -226,6 +269,8 @@ 

KDUMP_COMMANDLINE=ècho $KDUMP_COMMANDLINE | sed -e 's/crashkernel=[0- 

9]\+[MmKkGg]@[0-9]\+[MmGgKk]//'` 

KDUMP_COMMANDLINE="${KDUMP_COMMANDLINE} ${KDUMP_COMMANDLINE_APPEND}" 

+ avoid_cdrom_drive 

+ KDUMP_COMMANDLINE="${KDUMP_COMMANDLINE} ${KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE}" 

KEXEC_OUTPUT=`$KEXEC $KEXEC_ARGS $standard_kexec_args \ 

--command-line="$KDUMP_COMMANDLINE" \ 

@@ -364,13 +409,7 @@ 

function do_final_action() 

{ 

- FINAL_ACTION=`grep default $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | grep -vm1 ^\# \ 

- | cut -d\ -f2` 

- if [[ $FINAL_ACTION != "halt" ]]; then 

- FINAL_ACTION="reboot" 

- fi 

- 

- $FINAL_ACTION 

+ reboot 

} 

case "$1" in 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/network 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ 

stop) 

# Don't shut the network down if root is on NFS or a network

# block device. 

- rootfs=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/") { print $3; }}' 

/etc/mtab) 

+ rootfs=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/" && $3 != "rootfs") { 

print $3; }}' /proc/mounts) 

rootopts=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/") { print $4; }}' 

/etc/mtab) 

if [[ "$rootfs" =~ "^nfs" ]] || [[ "$rootopts" =~ "_netdev|_rnetdev" ]] ; then 

nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcidmapd 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ 

case "$1" in 





[ ! -x /usr/sbin/rpc.idmapd ] && exit 5 

@@ -32,6 +32,11 @@ 

[ "$1" = "condstart" -a -n "`pidofproc $prog`" ] && { 

killproc $prog "-SIGHUP" > /dev/null 

exit 0 

+ } 

+ [ "$1" = "start" ] && { 

+ if status $prog > /dev/null ; then 

+ exit 0 

+ fi 

} 


@@ -55,8 +60,6 @@ 

} 

} 

} 

- 

- # Make sure the mount worked. 


# Start daemon. 

daemon $prog ${RPCIDMAPDARGS} 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-sl 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ 

[ -x /usr/sbin/dip ] || { 

echo $"/usr/sbin/dip does not exist or is not executable" 

echo $"ifup-sl for $DEVICE exiting" 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \ 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \ 

$"/usr/sbin/dip does not exist or is not executable for $DEVICE" 

exit 1 

} 

@@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ 

[ -f $DIPSCRIPT ] || { 

echo $"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/dip-$DEVICE does not exist" 

echo $"ifup-sl for $DEVICE exiting" 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \ 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \ 

$"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/dip-$DEVICE does not exist for $DEVICE" 

exit 1 

}


while : ; do 

echo > /var/run/sl-$DEVICE.dev 

- (logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \ 

+ (/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \ 

$"dip started for $DEVICE on $MODEMPORT at $LINESPEED" &)& 

doexec /usr/sbin/dip dip-$DEVICE $DIPSCRIPT 

if [ "$PERSIST" != "yes" -o ! -f /var/run/sl-$DEVICE.dev ] ; then 

ypserv-2.19-3.i386.rpm: /var/yp/Makefile 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -98,10 +98,18 @@ 

YPSERVERS = $(YPDIR)/ypservers # List of all NIS servers for a domain 

target: Makefile 

+ifeq ($(shell /bin/domainname), (none)) 

+ @echo "Domain name cannot be (none)" 

+else 

+ifeq ($(shell /bin/domainname), ) 

+ @echo "Domain name must be set" 

+else 

@test ! -d $(LOCALDOMAIN) && mkdir $(LOCALDOMAIN) ; \ 

cd $(LOCALDOMAIN) ; \ 

$(NOPUSH) || $(MAKE) -f ../Makefile ypservers; \ 

$(MAKE) -f ../Makefile all 

+endif 

+endif 

# If you don't want some of these maps built, feel free to comment 

# them out from this list. 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/netfs 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ 


case "$1" in 

start) 

+ # Let udev handle any backlog before trying to mount file systems 

+ /sbin/udevsettle --timeout=30 

[ -n "$NFSFSTAB" ] && 

{ 

[ ! -f /var/lock/subsys/portmap ] && service portmap start 

nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcsvcgssd 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -27,12 +27,9 @@ 

case "$1" in 





[ "${SECURE_NFS}" != "yes" ] && exit 6 

[ ! -x /usr/sbin/rpc.svcgssd ] && exit 5 

- 

- # List of kernel modules to load 

- [ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5" 

# Make sure the daemon is not already running. 

if status $prog > /dev/null ; then 

@@ -41,6 +38,9 @@ 


echo -n $"Starting RPC svcgssd: " 

+ # List of kernel modules to load 

+ [ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5" 

+

# Make sure the rpc_pipefs filesystem is available 

[ "${RPCMTAB}" != "noload" ] && { 

openldap-servers-2.3.27-8.el5_1.3.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/ldap 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ 

# Source an auxiliary options file if we have one, and pick up OPTIONS, 

# SLAPD_OPTIONS, SLURPD_OPTIONS, SLAPD_LDAPS, SLAPD_LDAPI, and maybe 

-# KRB5_KTNAME. 

+# KRB5_KTNAME and SLURPD_KRB5CCNAME. 

if [ -r /etc/sysconfig/ldap ] ; then 

. /etc/sysconfig/ldap 

fi 

@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ 

echo -n $"$file is not readable by \"$user\"" ; warning ; echo 

fi 

# Unaccessible TLS configuration files. 

- tlsconfigs=`LANG=C egrep 

'^(TLSCACertificateFile|TLSCertificateFile|TLSCertificateKeyFile)[[:space:]]' 

/etc/openldap/slapd.conf | awk '{print $2}'` 

+ tlsconfigs=`LANG=C egrep 

'^(TLS_CACERT|TLSCACertificateFile|TLSCertificateFile|TLSCertificateKeyFile)[[:spac 

e:]]' /etc/openldap/slapd.conf /etc/openldap/ldap.conf | awk '{print $2}'` 

for file in $tlsconfigs ; do 

if ! testasuser $user -r $file ; then 

echo -n $"$file is not readable by \"$user\"" ; warning ; echo 

@@ -167,6 +167,9 @@ 

if grep -q "^replogfile" /etc/openldap/slapd.conf; then 

prog=`basename ${slurpd}` 

echo -n $"Starting $prog: " 

+ if [ -n "$SLURPD_KRB5CCNAME" ]; then 

+ export KRB5CCNAME="$SLURPD_KRB5CCNAME"; 

+ fi 

daemon ${slurpd} $OPTIONS $SLURPD_OPTIONS 

RETVAL=$? 

echo 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ 

skip="" 

# Parse the src field for UUID= and convert to real device names 

if [ "${src%%=*}" == "UUID" ]; then 

- src=`/sbin/blkid -t "$src" -o device|(read oneline;echo $oneline)` 

+ src=$(/sbin/blkid -t "$src" -l -o device) 

elif [ "${src/^\/dev\/disk\/by-uuid\/}" != "$src" ]; then 

src=$(__readlink $src) 

fi 

@@ -458,6 +458,13 @@ 

fi 

fi 

+if [ -f /etc/crypttab ]; then 

+ s=$"Starting disk encryption:" 

+ echo "$s" 

+ init_crypto 0 && success "$s" || failure "$s" 

+ echo 

+fi 

+ 

if [ -f /fastboot ] || strstr "$cmdline" fastboot ; then 

fastboot=yes 

fi 



@@ -533,7 +540,7 @@ 

mountopts= 

# Scan partitions for local scratch storage 

- rw_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$RW_LABEL" -o device | awk '{ print ; exit }') 

+ rw_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$RW_LABEL" -l -o device) 

# First try to mount scratch storage from /etc/fstab, then any 

# partition with the proper label. If either succeeds, be sure 

@@ -590,12 +597,12 @@ 

# First try to mount persistent data from /etc/fstab, then any 

# partition with the proper label, then fallback to NFS 

- state_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$STATE_LABEL" -o device | awk '{ print ; exit 

}') 

- if mount $mountopts "$STATE_MOUNT" > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then 

+ state_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$STATE_LABEL" -l -o device) 

+ if mount $mountopts $STATE_OPTIONS "$STATE_MOUNT" > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then 

/bin/true 

elif [ x$state_mount_dev != x ] && mount $state_mount_dev $mountopts 

"$STATE_MOUNT" > /dev/null 2>&1; then 

/bin/true 

- elif [ -n "$CLIENTSTATE" ]; then 

+ elif [ ! -z "$CLIENTSTATE" ]; then 

# No local storage was found. Make a final attempt to find 

# state on an NFS server. 

@@ -730,23 +737,29 @@ 

restorecon /etc/mtab /etc/ld.so.cache /etc/blkid/blkid.tab /etc/resolv.conf 

>/dev/null 2>&1 

fi 

-# Clear mtab 

-(> /etc/mtab) &> /dev/null 

- 

-# Remove stale backups 

-rm -f /etc/mtab~ /etc/mtab~~ 

- 

-# Enter mounted filesystems into /etc/mtab 

-mount -f / 

-mount -f /proc >/dev/null 2>&1 

-mount -f /sys >/dev/null 2>&1 

-mount -f /dev/pts >/dev/null 2>&1 

-mount -f /proc/bus/usb >/dev/null 2>&1 

+if [ "$READONLY" != "yes" ] ; then 

+ # Clear mtab 

+ (> /etc/mtab) &> /dev/null 

+ 

+ # Remove stale backups 

+ rm -f /etc/mtab~ /etc/mtab~~ 

+ 

+ # Enter mounted filesystems into /etc/mtab 

+ mount -f / 

+ mount -f /proc >/dev/null 2>&1 

+ mount -f /sys >/dev/null 2>&1 

+ mount -f /dev/pts >/dev/null 2>&1 

+ mount -f /proc/bus/usb >/dev/null 2>&1 

+fi 

# Mount all other filesystems (except for NFS and /proc, which is already 

# mounted). Contrary to standard usage, 

# filesystems are NOT unmounted in single user mode. 

-action $"Mounting local filesystems: " mount -a -t nonfs,nfs4,smbfs,ncpfs,cifs,gfs 

-O no_netdev 

+if [ "$READONLY" != "yes" ] ; then

+ action $"Mounting local filesystems: " mount -a -t 

nonfs,nfs4,smbfs,ncpfs,cifs,gfs -O no_netdev 

+else 

+ action $"Mounting local filesystems: " mount -a -n -t nfs4,smbfs,ncpfs,cifs,gfs - 

O no_netdev 

+fi 

if [ -x /sbin/quotaon ]; then 

action $"Enabling local filesystem quotas: " /sbin/quotaon -aug 

@@ -898,7 +911,7 @@ 

action $"Enabling /etc/fstab swaps: " swapon -a -e 

if [ "$AUTOSWAP" = "yes" ]; then 

curswap=$(awk '/^\/dev/ { print $1 }' /proc/swaps | while read x; do 

get_numeric_dev dec $x ; echo -n " "; done) 

- swappartitions=`blkid -t TYPE=swap -o device` 

+ swappartitions=$(blkid -t TYPE=swap -o device) 

if [ x"$swappartitions" != x ]; then 

for partition in $swappartitions ; do 

[ ! -e $partition ] && continue 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifdown-sl 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ 

kill -KILL $PID > /dev/null 2>&1 

if [ -d /proc/$PID ]; then 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifdown-ppp "ifdown-ppp unable to kill pppd-$DEVICE" & 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifdown-ppp "ifdown-ppp unable to kill pppd- 

$DEVICE" & 

else 

/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifdown-post $1 

fi 

NetworkManager-0.6.4-8.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/NetworkManager 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ 

# 

# chkconfig: - 98 02 

# description: This is a daemon for automatically switching network \ 

-# connections to the best available connection. \ 

+# connections to the best available connection. 

# 

# processname: NetworkManager 

# pidfile: /var/run/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.pid 

@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ 

# Sanity checks. 

[ -x $NETWORKMANAGER_BIN ] || exit 1 

-# We need /sbin/ip 

-[ -x /sbin/ip ] || exit 1 

- 

# Source function library. 

. /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions 

+ 

+# Source network configuration 

+. /etc/sysconfig/network 

# so we can rearrange this easily 

processname=NetworkManager 

@@ -34,17 +34,23 @@ 

start() 

{ 

- echo $"Setting network parameters... " 



+ echo -n $"Setting network parameters... " 

sysctl -e -p /etc/sysctl.conf >/dev/null 2>&1 

- 

- if [ ! -e /var/lock/subsys/dhcdbd ]; then 

- service dhcdbd start 

- fi 

+ success 

+ echo 

echo -n $"Starting NetworkManager daemon: " 

- daemon --check $servicename $processname --pid-file=$pidfile 

+ daemon --check $servicename $processname --pid-file=$pidfile --ppp-dnsworkaround 

RETVAL=$? 

echo 

+ if [ -n "${NETWORKWAIT}" ]; then 

+ [ -z "${LINKDELAY}" ] && LINKDELAY=10 

+ echo -n $"Waiting for network..." 

+ nm-online -q --timeout=$LINKDELAY || nm-online -q -x --timeout=30 

+ [ "$?" = "0" ] && success "network startup" || failure "network startup" 

+ echo 

+ [ -n "${NETWORKDELAY}" ] && /bin/sleep ${NETWORKDELAY} 

+ fi 

[ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && touch /var/lock/subsys/$servicename 

} 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/networkfunctions-ipv6 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -138,14 +138,14 @@ 

;; 

'syslog') 

# note: logger resides in /usr/bin, but not used by default 

- if ! [ -x logger ]; then 

+ if ! [ -x /usr/bin/logger ]; then 

echo $"ERROR: [ipv6_log] Syslog is chosen, but binary 'logger' doesn't exist 

or isn't executable" >/dev/stderr 

return 3 

fi 

if [ -z "$txt_name" ]; then 

- logger -p $facility.$priority $message 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p $facility.$priority $message 

else 

- logger -p $facility.$priority -t "$txt_name" "$message" 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p $facility.$priority -t "$txt_name" "$message" 

fi 

;; 

*) 

nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ 

# Check for and source configuration file otherwise set defaults 

[ -f /etc/sysconfig/nfs ] && . /etc/sysconfig/nfs 

+# Remote quota server 

+[ -z "$RQUOTAD" ] && RQUOTAD=`type -path rpc.rquotad` 

+ 

RETVAL=0 


@@ -26,11 +29,16 @@ 

start)




[ -x /usr/sbin/rpc.nfsd ] || exit 5 

[ -x /usr/sbin/rpc.mountd ] || exit 5 

[ -x /usr/sbin/exportfs ] || exit 5 

+ 

+ # Make sure the rpc.mountd is not already running. 

+ if status rpc.mountd > /dev/null ; then 

+ exit 0 

+ fi 

# Don't fail if /etc/exports doesn't exist; create a bare-bones 

# version and continue. 

@@ -42,9 +50,6 @@ 

# Number of servers to be started by default 

[ -z "$RPCNFSDCOUNT" ] && RPCNFSDCOUNT=8 

- 

- # Remote quota server 

- [ -z "$RQUOTAD" ] && RQUOTAD=`type -path rpc.rquotad` 


# Start daemons. 

[ -x /usr/sbin/rpc.svcgssd ] && /sbin/service rpcsvcgssd start 

@@ -67,6 +72,12 @@ 

RETVAL=$? 

echo 

fi 

+ 

+ # Load preload module so arguments to rpc.nfsd will take effect 

+ [ -n "$RPCNFSDARGS" -a "$NFSD_MODULE" != "noload" ] && { 

+ [ -x /sbin/modprobe ] && /sbin/modprobe nfsd 

+ } 

+ 

echo -n $"Starting NFS daemon: " 

daemon rpc.nfsd $RPCNFSDARGS $RPCNFSDCOUNT 

RETVAL=$? 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/network-functions 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ 

get_config_by_subchannel () 

{ 

- LANG=C grep -il "^[[:space:]]*SUBCHANNELS=${1}$[[:space:]#]\|$\|,$" 

/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-* \ 

+ LANG=C egrep -i -l "^[[:space:]]*SUBCHANNELS=([0-9]\.[0-9]\.[a-f0- 

9]+,){0,2}${1}(,[0-9]\.[0-9]\.[a-f0-9]+){0,2}([[:space:]]+#|[[:space:]]*$)" 

/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-* \ 

| LC_ALL=C sed -e "$__sed_discard_ignored_files" 

} 

@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ 

(echo "$s" > /etc/resolv.conf;) >/dev/null 2>&1; 

r=$? 

if [ $r -eq 0 ]; then 

- logger -p local7.notice -t "NET" -i "$0 : updated /etc/resolv.conf"; 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p local7.notice -t "NET" -i "$0 : updated /etc/resolv.conf"; 

[ -e /var/lock/subsys/nscd ] && /usr/sbin/nscd -i hosts; # invalidate cache 

fi; 

return $r; 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/rc0.d/S01halt 

---


+++ 

@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ 

NOLOCALE=1 


+ 



action() { 

echo -n "$1 " 

@@ -131,7 +134,7 @@ 




-[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode umount $tmpfs 2>/dev/null 




@@ -143,8 +146,6 @@ 






fi 

done 

fi 

@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@ 


-f 





@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ 






done 


initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/halt 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ 

NOLOCALE=1 


+ 



action() { 

echo -n "$1 " 

@@ -131,7 +134,7 @@ 




-[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode umount $tmpfs 2>/dev/null




@@ -143,8 +146,6 @@ 






fi 

done 

fi 

@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@ 


-f 





@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ 






done 


nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfslock 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ 

RETVAL=0 

start() { 




if [ "$USERLAND_LOCKD" ] ; then 

[ -x /sbin/rpc.lockd ] || exit 5 

@@ -46,9 +46,12 @@ 

STATDARG="" 

fi 


- if [ -f /var/lock/subsys/nfslock ]; then 

- return $RETVAL 

+ # Make sure the rpc.statd is not already running. 

+ if status rpc.statd > /dev/null ; then 

+ exit 0 

fi 

+ rm -f /var/lock/subsys/nfslock 

+ 

# Start daemons. 

if [ "$USERLAND_LOCKD" ]; then 

echo -n $"Starting NFS locking: " 

@@ -64,10 +67,14 @@ 

/sbin/sysctl -w fs.nfs.nlm_udpport=$LOCKD_UDPPORT >/dev/null 2>&1 

fi 

echo -n $"Starting NFS statd: " 

+ # Set statd's local hostname if defined 

+ [ -n "${STATD_HOSTNAME}" ] && STATDARG="$STATDARG -n ${STATD_HOSTNAME}"


+ 

+ 

# See if a statd's ports has been defined 

[ -n "$STATD_PORT" ] && STATDARG="$STATDARG -p $STATD_PORT" 

[ -n "$STATD_OUTGOING_PORT" ] \ 

&& STATDARG="$STATDARG -o $STATD_OUTGOING_PORT" 

# See if we have an HA-callout program specified 

[ -n "$STATD_HA_CALLOUT" ] \ 

&& STATDARG="$STATDARG -H $STATD_HA_CALLOUT" 

@@ -91,6 +98,7 @@ 

RETVAL=$? 

echo 

rm -f /var/lock/subsys/nfslock 

+ rm -f /var/run/sm-notify.pid 


} 

dbus-1.0.0-7.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/dbus-1/system.conf 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -15,10 +15,16 @@ 

system 

 

- 81 

+ dbus 

 

 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ /lib/dbus-1/dbus-daemon-launch-helper 

 

/var/run/messagebus.pid 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-eth 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -105,9 +105,10 @@ 

# slave device? 

if [ "${SLAVE}" = yes -a "${ISALIAS}" = no -a "${MASTER}" != "" ]; then 

- /sbin/ip link set dev ${DEVICE} down 

- echo "+${DEVICE}" > /sys/class/net/${MASTER}/bonding/slaves 2>/dev/null 

- 

+ grep -wq "${DEVICE}" /sys/class/net/${MASTER}/bonding/slaves || { 

+ /sbin/ip link set dev ${DEVICE} down 

+ echo "+${DEVICE}" > /sys/class/net/${MASTER}/bonding/slaves 2>/dev/null 

+ } 

if [ -n "$ETHTOOL_OPTS" ] ; then 

/sbin/ethtool -s ${REALDEVICE} $ETHTOOL_OPTS 

fi 

@@ -125,7 +126,7 @@ 

for arg in $BONDING_OPTS ; do 

key=${arg%%=*}; 

value=${arg##*=}; 

- if [ "${key}" = "arp_ip_target" ]; then 

+ if [ "${key}" = "arp_ip_target" -a "${value:0:1}" != "+" ]; then 

OLDIFS=$IFS; 

IFS=','; 

for arp_ip in $value; do 

initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-ppp

--- 

+++ 

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ 

[ -x /sbin/pppd -o -x /usr/sbin/pppd ] || { 

echo $"pppd does not exist or is not executable" 

echo $"ifup-ppp for ${DEVICE} exiting" 

- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \ 

+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \ 

$"pppd does not exist or is not executable for ${DEVICE}" 

exit 1 

} 

@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ 

adsl-start /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/$CONFIG 

exit $? 

else 



$"adsl-start does not exist or is not executable for ${DEVICE}" 

exit 1 

fi 

@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ 

[ -f ${CHATSCRIPT} ] || { 

echo $"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/chat-${DEVNAME} does not exist" 

echo $"ifup-ppp for ${DEVNAME} exiting" 



$"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/chat-${DEVNAME} does not exist for 

${DEVICE}" 

exit 1 

} 

fi 

- logger -s -p daemon.notice -t ifup-ppp \ 

+ /usr/bin/logger -s -p daemon.notice -t ifup-ppp \ 

$"Setting up a new ${PEERCONF} config file" 

if [ -f /etc/ppp/peers/${DEVICE} ]; then 

cp -f /etc/ppp/peers/${DEVICE} ${PEERCONF} 

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ 

exec=exec 

fi 

-(logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \ 

+(/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \ 

$"pppd started for ${DEVNAME} on ${MODEMPORT} at ${LINESPEED}" &)& 

$exec pppd $opts ${MODEMPORT} ${LINESPEED} \ 

tog-pegasus-2.7.0-2.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/tog-pegasus 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ 

CIMSERVER_BIN=/usr/sbin/cimserver 

prog=cimserver 

LOCKFILE=/var/lock/subsys/tog-pegasus 

+LOCKFILE2=/var/run/tog-pegasus/cimserver_start.lock 

+PIDFILE=/var/run/tog-pegasus/cimserver.pid 

. /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions 

[ -e /etc/sysconfig/tog-pegasus ] && . /etc/sysconfig/tog-pegasus; 

@@ -75,6 +77,7 @@ 

success; 

else 

failure; 

+ RETVAL=7 

fi 

echo 



;; 

@@ -86,8 +89,16 @@ 

echo -n $"CIM server ($pid) is running"; 

RETVAL=0 

else 

- echo -n $"CIM server is not running"; 

- RETVAL=3 

+ if [ -e $PIDFILE ]; then 

+ echo -n $"CIM server is not running and pid file exists"; 

+ RETVAL=1 

+ elif [ -e $LOCKFILE ] || [ -e $LOCKFILE2 ]; then 

+ echo -n $"CIM server is not running and lock file exists"; 

+ RETVAL=2 

+ else 

+ echo -n $"CIM server is not running"; 

+ RETVAL=3 

+ fi 

fi 

echo 

;; 

udev-095-14.16.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/udev/rules.d/50-udev.rules 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ 

KERNEL=="mice", NAME="input/%k" 

KERNEL=="mouse*", NAME="input/%k" 

-KERNEL=="event*", SYSFS{idVendor}=="03f0", SYSFS{device/interface}=="Virtual 

Mouse", SYSFS{device/bInterfaceProtocol}=="02", NAME="input/%k", 

SYMLINK+="input/hp_ilo_mouse" 

+KERNEL=="event*", SYSFS{idVendor}=="03f0", SYSFS{device/interface}=="Virtual 

Mouse", SYSFS{device/bInterfaceProtocol}=="02", SYMLINK+="input/hp_ilo_mouse" 

KERNEL=="event*", NAME="input/%k" 

KERNEL=="js*", NAME="input/%k", SYMLINK+="%k" 

@@ -220,13 +220,6 @@ 

KERNEL=="pcd[0-9]*", SYMLINK+="cdrom cdrom-%k" 

KERNEL=="fd[0-9]*", SYMLINK+="floppy floppy-%k" 

-# Section for zaptel device 

-KERNEL=="zapctl", NAME="zap/ctl" 

-KERNEL=="zaptimer", NAME="zap/timer" 

-KERNEL=="zapchannel", NAME="zap/channel" 

-KERNEL=="zappseudo", NAME="zap/pseudo" 

-KERNEL=="zap[0-9]*", NAME="zap/%n" 

- 

KERNEL=="pktcdvd", NAME="%k/control" 

KERNEL=="hd[a-z]", BUS=="ide", SYSFS{removable}=="1", \ 

@@ -291,12 +284,14 @@ 

KERNEL=="sd*[!0-9]|sr*", ENV{ID_SERIAL}=="", IMPORT{program}="/lib/udev/scsi_id 

-g -x -a -s %p -d $tempnode" 

KERNEL=="dasd*[!0-9]", IMPORT{program}="/lib/udev/dasd_id --export $tempnode" 

KERNEL=="nst[0-9]*|st*|sd*[!0-9]|sr*|dasd*[!0-9]|cciss?c", ENV{ID_SERIAL}=="?*", 

SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_SERIAL}" 

+KERNEL=="nst[0-9]*|st*|sd*[!0-9]|sr*|dasd*[!0-9]|cciss?c", ENV{ID_UID}=="?*", 

SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_UID}" 

# for partitions import parent information 

KERNEL=="sd*[0-9]|dasd*[0-9]", IMPORT{parent}=="ID_*" 

KERNEL=="cciss?c[0-9]d[0-9]", ENV{ID_SERIAL}!="?*", IMPORT{program}="scsi_id -g 

-x -s %p -d $tempnode", ENV{ID_BUS}="cciss" 

KERNEL=="cciss?c[0-9]d[0-9]", ENV{ID_SERIAL}!="?*", IMPORT{program}="scsi_id -g 

-x -a -s %p -d $tempnode", ENV{ID_BUS}="cciss" 

KERNEL=="sd*[0-9]|dasd*[0-9]|cciss*p[0-9]", ENV{ID_SERIAL}=="?*",

SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_SERIAL}-part%n" 

+KERNEL=="sd*[0-9]|dasd*[0-9]|cciss*p[0-9]", ENV{ID_UID}=="?*", 

SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_UID}-part%n" 

# by-path (shortest physical path) 

KERNEL=="*[!0-9]|sr*", ENV{ID_TYPE}=="?*", IMPORT{program}="/lib/udev/path_id 

%p", SYMLINK+="disk/by-path/$env{ID_PATH}" 

dbus-1.0.0-7.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/dbus-1/session.conf 

--- 

+++ 

@@ -14,12 +14,16 @@ 

 

 

- 

+ 

 

 

 

 

 

+ 

+ 

+ session.d 

 

@@ -27,4 +31,27 @@ 

contexts/dbus_contexts 


+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 1000000000 

+ 1000000000 

+ 1000000000 

+ 120000 

+ 240000 

+ 100000 

+ 10000 

+ 100000 

+ 10000 

+ 50000 

+ 50000 

+ 50000 

+ 300000 

+ 


A. Änderungsverzeichnis 

Version 3-4 2012-07-18 Anthony Towns 

Rebuild for Publican 3.0 

Version 2.1-0 Wed Jan 21 2009 Ryan Lerch 

Removed iSCSI target capability note from Technology Previews section. This feature is fully supported. 

For more details on this newly supported feature, refer to the Feature Updates Section of this document.

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 5.3 Release Notes - Red Hat Customer ...

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?